<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"
xmlns:rawvoice="http://www.rawvoice.com/rawvoiceRssModule/"
>

<channel>
	<title>aliveandpowerful.com</title>
	<atom:link href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching</link>
	<description>Biblical Teaching &#38; Resource Library</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 22 May 2013 21:52:37 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>hourly</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>1</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>http://wordpress.org/?v=3.5.1</generator>
<!-- podcast_generator="Blubrry PowerPress/4.0.8" -->
	<itunes:summary>Teaching &amp; Resource Library</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:author>aliveandpowerful.com</itunes:author>
	<itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
	<itunes:image href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/plugins/powerpress/itunes_default.jpg" />
	<itunes:owner>
		<itunes:name>aliveandpowerful.com</itunes:name>
		<itunes:email>admin@aliveandpowerful.com</itunes:email>
	</itunes:owner>
	<managingEditor>admin@aliveandpowerful.com (aliveandpowerful.com)</managingEditor>
	<copyright>2009</copyright>
	<itunes:subtitle>Biblical Teaching &amp; Resource Library</itunes:subtitle>
	<image>
		<title>aliveandpowerful.com</title>
		<url>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/plugins/powerpress/rss_default.jpg</url>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching</link>
	</image>
	<itunes:category text="Religion &amp; Spirituality">
		<itunes:category text="Christianity" />
	</itunes:category>
		<item>
		<title>Luke 6:27-30 current study</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-6-current-study</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-6-current-study#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2013 23:38:38 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Current study notes: Luke 6:27-30]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[apostles]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[beatitudes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[blessing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[disciples]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Galilee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[parables]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharisee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sabbath]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Son of Man]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woe]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=641</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Luke 6:1-5 Now it came about that on a certain Sabbath He was passing through some grainfields; and His disciples were picking and eating the heads of grain, rubbing them in their hands. 2 But some of the Pharisees said, "Why do you do what is not lawful on the Sabbath?" 3 And Jesus answering them said, "Have you not even read what David did when he was hungry, he and those who were with him, 4 how he entered the house of God, and took and ate the consecrated bread which is not lawful for any to eat except the priests alone, and gave it to his companions?" 5 And He was saying to them, "The Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath."]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Luke 6:1-5 Now it came about that on a certain Sabbath He was passing through some grainfields; and His disciples were picking and eating the heads of grain, rubbing them in their hands. 2 But some of the Pharisees said, &#8220;Why do you do what is not lawful on the Sabbath?&#8221; 3 And Jesus answering them said, &#8220;Have you not even read what David did when he was hungry, he and those who were with him, 4 how he entered the house of God, and took and ate the consecrated bread which is not lawful for any to eat except the priests alone, and gave it to his companions?&#8221; 5 And He was saying to them, &#8220;The Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath.&#8221;</p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke6class5.pdf">Luke 6:27-30 Study Notes</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-6-current-study/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Luke 5</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-5</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-5#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Dec 2012 23:18:43 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gennesaret]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[healing]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[leprosy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[priests]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teaching]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=624</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Luke 5:1-3 Now it came about that while the multitude were pressing around Him and listening to the word of God, He was standing by the lake of Gennesaret;  2 and He saw two boats lying at the edge of the lake; but the fishermen had gotten out of them, and were washing their nets.  3 And He got into one of the boats, which was Simon's, and asked him to put out a little way from the land. And He sat down and began teaching the multitudes from the boat.]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Luke 5:1-3  Now it came about that while the multitude were pressing around Him and listening to the word of God, He was standing by the lake of Gennesaret;  2 and He saw two boats lying at the edge of the lake; but the fishermen had gotten out of them, and were washing their nets.  3 And He got into one of the boats, which was Simon&#8217;s, and asked him to put out a little way from the land. And He sat down and began teaching the multitudes from the boat.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke5class4.pdf"><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke5class.pdf">Luke 5 Study Notes</a></a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-5/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Luke 4</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-4-current-study</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-4-current-study#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 31 Aug 2012 13:46:26 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Galilee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Holy Spirit]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jesus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Nazareth]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Satan]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[synagogue]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[teaching]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[temptation]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=603</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Luke 4:1-2 And Jesus, full of the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan and was led about by the Spirit in the wilderness 2 for forty days, being tempted by the devil. And He ate nothing during those days; and when they had ended, He became hungry.]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Luke 4:1-2 And Jesus, full of the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan and was led about by the Spirit in the wilderness 2 for forty days, being tempted by the devil. And He ate nothing during those days; and when they had ended, He became hungry.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke4class5.pdf">Luke 4 Study Notes</a> with supplemental notes: <a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Overview-of-PT-LC1.pdf">Overview of Pastor-teacher and local church</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-4-current-study/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Luke 3</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-37-9-current-study</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-37-9-current-study#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 12 Apr 2012 20:43:51 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Annas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[baptism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Caesar]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Caiaphas]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Herod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jesus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[John the Baptist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pontius Pilate]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[repentance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Tiberius]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=592</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Luke 3:1-3 Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, when Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, 2 in the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, the word of God came to John, the son of Zacharias, in the wilderness. 3 And he came into all the district around the Jordan, preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins;]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Luke 3:1-3 Now in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar, when Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, 2 in the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, the word of God came to John, the son of Zacharias, in the wilderness. 3 And he came into all the district around the Jordan, preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins;</p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke3class.pdf">Luke 3 study notes</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-37-9-current-study/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Luke 2</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-2</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-2#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Fri, 16 Sep 2011 17:00:49 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[angels]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[birth of Christ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Caesar Augustus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Joseph]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mary]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quirinius]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=569</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Luke 2:1-5 Now it came about in those days that a decree went out from Caesar Augustus, that a census be taken of all the inhabited earth. 2 This was the first census taken while Quirinius was governor of Syria. 3 And all were proceeding to register for the census, everyone to his own city. 4 And Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, to Judea, to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem, because he was of the house and family of David, 5 in order to register, along with Mary, who was engaged to him, and was with child.]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Luke 2:1-5</strong> Now it came about in those days that a decree went out from Caesar Augustus, that a census be taken of all the inhabited earth. 2 This was the first census taken while Quirinius was governor of Syria. 3 And all were proceeding to register for the census, everyone to his own city. 4 And Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, to Judea, to the city of David, which is called Bethlehem, because he was of the house and family of David, 5 in order to register, along with Mary, who was engaged to him, and was with child.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke2classweb5.pdf">Luke 2 Study Notes</a> with the following supplements: <a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke2-BoCweb.pdf">Birth of Christ 3 B.C.</a>, <a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Magiweb.pdf">The Magi</a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-2/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Luke 1</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-1</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-1#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Sat, 29 Jan 2011 00:12:37 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[angel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Elizabeth]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[forerunner]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gabriel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Holy Spirit]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[John the Baptist]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Messiah]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[redemption]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[salvation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Zacharias]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=332</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Luke 1:1-4 Inasmuch as many have undertaken to compile an account of the things fulfilled among us, 2 just as those who from the beginning were eyewitnesses and proved to be servants of the word have handed them down to us, 3 it seemed fitting for me as well, having investigated everything carefully from the beginning, to write it out for you in consecutive order, most excellent Theophilus; 4 so that you might know the exact truth about the things you have been taught.
]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Luke 1:1-4 Inasmuch as many have undertaken to compile an account of the things fulfilled among us, 2 just as those who from the beginning were eyewitnesses and proved to be servants of the word have handed them down to us, 3 it seemed fitting for me as well, having investigated everything carefully from the beginning, to write it out for you in consecutive order, most excellent Theophilus; 4 so that you might know the exact truth about the things you have been taught.</p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-content/uploads/Luke1classWEB1.pdf">Luke 1 Study Notes</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/luke-1/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Introduction to the Gospel of Luke</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/introduction-to-the-gospel-of-luke</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/introduction-to-the-gospel-of-luke#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2011 23:29:17 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[Luke]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Christ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Gospel]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hellenism]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Herod]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Jesus]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pharisee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Ptolemy]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sadducee]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Seleucid]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zealots]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=308</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Before embarking on the formal introduction of the Gospel of Luke, it will be beneficial to consider some of the important historical developments that occurred in the centuries from the conquest of Judah by the Babylonians, ~586 BC,  to the time of Christ. After the completion of the OT canon with Malachi in ~435 BC until the beginning of the NT period in the 1st century AD there is no biblical record. This period is referred to as the Intertestamental Period. We must not conclude that the absence or paucity of a biblical record indicates that this period was unimportant or uneventful. The period spanned an excess of 400 years and was a time of great tumult and flux throughout the Near East and Mediterranean region. Moreover many of the important developments that transpired during this time frame played a significant part in shaping the social, economic, government, political, and religious ideologies that prevailed in Judea during the time of Christ. ]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Before embarking on the formal introduction of the Gospel of Luke, it will be beneficial to consider some of the important historical developments that occurred in the centuries from the conquest of Judah by the Babylonians, ~586 BC,  to the time of Christ. After the completion of the OT canon with Malachi in ~435 BC until the beginning of the NT period in the 1<sup>st</sup> century AD there is no biblical record. This period is referred to as the Intertestamental Period. We must not conclude that the absence or paucity of a biblical record indicates that this period was unimportant or uneventful. The period spanned an excess of 400 years and was a time of great tumult and flux throughout the Near East and Mediterranean region. Moreover many of the important developments that transpired during this time frame played a significant part in shaping the social, economic, government, political, and religious ideologies that prevailed in Judea during the time of Christ. The aim is to gain a better understanding of the Intertestamental Period in order to aid in a better understanding and appreciation of the life of Christ as recorded in Luke.</p>
<p>1)     The Babylonian conquest of Judah and exile.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     King Nebuchadnezzar overran Judea and captured Jerusalem in 605 BC and 597 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       In both cases the ruling classes of the people were sent into exile (2 Kings 24:10-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Daniel was taken into captivity in the first conquest (Dan. 1:1ff)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     At this point, Israel was deprived of independence and essentially became a tributary kingdom.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Zedekiah was appointed to govern as a puppet ruler of Babylon (2 Kings 24:10-17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Eventually he allied himself with Egypt and rebelled against Babylon (2 Chron. 36:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Nebuchadnezzar responded by besieging Jerusalem.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The walls were finally reached in 586 BC and the city was plundered, leveled, and the remaining population was deported to Babylon (2 Chron. 36:14ff, Jer. 39:1-10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     The Babylonian exile lasted 70 years (Jer. 29:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     It was during this captivity, without a functioning priesthood and temple worship that the Jews developed “synagogue” worship.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The study of Scripture and prayer took place in organized gatherings.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Indeed the term “synagogue” is of Greek origin and means a “gathering of individuals or a gathering place” (<strong>&#8220;</strong>sunagoge&#8221;).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Following the Babylonian exile synagogue worship became an institution throughout the world even to this day (cf. Acts 15:21, 18:4).</p>
<p>2)     The Persian period.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn1">[1]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The rise of the Persians followed the collapse of the Assyrian and Babylonian Empires in 612 BC and 539 BC respectively.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The Persian Empire was formed in 550 BC and fell to Alexander the Great (Alexander III) in 330 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Notable Persian rulers:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Cyrus II (the Great), r. 559-530 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Darius I (the Great, Hystaspes), r. 521-486 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Xerxes I /Ahasuerus, r. 486-465 BC (Est. 1:1-2, 2:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Artaxerxes I, r. 465-424 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     During this period the Jews that had been taken into captivity by the Babylonians were allowed to return to the land by the decree of Cyrus the Great (~539 BC, Ezra 1:1-8 cf. Isa. 44:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The restoration of Jerusalem and the Second Temple was completed during this period (Ezra 5:1ff, Neh. 2:1ff, 4:17, 6:15).</p>
<p>3)     The Hellenistic period.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn2">[2]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     In the latter years of the Persian Empire, Greek power was on the rise.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Philip of Macedon created the Hellenic League which was an association of Greek states that unified to oppose the Persians.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In 336 BC Philip was murdered and the mantle of leadership fell on his young son Alexander.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Alexander of Macedon is otherwise referred to as Alexander the Great.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Although he was young, Alexander was a brilliant battlefield general.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    One of his primary goals was to defeat the Persians.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  He was able to win decisive battles at Granicus, 334 BC, Issus, 333 BC, and Gaugamela (Arbela), 331 BC over the Persian king, Darius III.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  His brutal sacking of Persepolis in 330 BC marked the end of the Persian dominance.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Apart from his military exploits, Alexander was a zealous proponent of Hellenism (based on <strong>~Ella,j</strong>, Hellas: Greece).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Although a Macedonian by birth, culturally he was Greek, educated by the philosopher Aristotle.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Alexander was thoroughly convinced of the superiority of Greek culture and language.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  To this end he sought to Hellenize the peoples he conquered.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The spread of Greek culture and language was to have a major impact on the Jews.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Alexander’s rule was cut short when he died in Babylon in 323 BC at the age of 33.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     He left no heir or clear successor.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Consequently, his death sparked a struggle for power among his generals.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       By 315 BC four generals emerged:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Antigonus, who occupied a territory from the Mediterranean to central Asia.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Cassander, who ruled Macedonia.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Lysimachus, who ruled Thrace.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Ptolemy I (Lagus), who ruled Southern Syria and Egypt.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Ptolemy I along with his leading general, Seleucus was to play a massive role in the subsequent history of Judea.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     In time Seleucus gained power independent of Ptolemy and succeeded in conquering Babylonia in 311 BC, marking the rise of the Seleucid dynasty.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       Absent Ptolemy and his army, the forces of Cassander, Lysimichus, and Seleucus defeated Antigonus in 301 BC at the battle of Ipsus.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   It was decided by the victors, that Syria, which included Judea would be given to Seleucus since Ptolemy didn’t play an active role in the battle.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)     However, unbeknownst to his peers while they had been battling Antigonus, Ptolemy had taken possession of this region.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">o)     This set the stage for future hostilities between the Ptolemaic and Seleucid dynasties.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn3">[3]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">p)     The Ptolemies and the Jews (~315-198 BC).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The Ptolemies were masters of Egypt and maintained control of Judea until 198 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    The Egyptians eventually accepted the Ptolemies as the successors of the pharaohs.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The documentation of Jewish life under the Ptolemies in ancient sources is quite limited.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  For the most part, the Jews enjoyed a measure of freedom to live in accord with their religious and cultural customs.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     A large number of Jews settled in the city of Alexandria, a renowned center of learning.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  Under the aegis of Ptolemy II Philadelphus of Egypt, the Jews translated the Pentateuch or Torah from Hebrew to Greek in ~250 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            The remainder of the OT was translated into Greek over subsequent centuries.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         The entire collection became known as the Septuagint which means “70” (also referred to by the Roman numerals LXX).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  In Judea under Ptolemaic rule, the effects of Hellenism continued to influence various segments of Jewish society.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">q)     The Seleucids and the Jews (~198-166 BC).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The Seleucid king Antiochus III (the Great) finally wrested control of Judea and all of Syria away from Ptolemies in 198 BC.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn4">[4]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    The Seleucid rule in contrast with the Ptolemies was far less tolerant of the Jews.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  They sought to force the Jews to accept Hellenism.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  This was especially evident during the rule of Antiochus IV.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     He turned the position of high priest into a political office.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  A segment of the Jewish population readily accepted Hellenistic manners and customs.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            Opposing the Jewish Hellenists were the Hasidim (“the pious”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         These attempted to defend orthodox Jewish customs and institutions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)   During the reign of Antiochus IV the God of Israel was identified as the pagan god, Jupiter.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">x)     Pagan rites were performed in the temple.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xi)  Jews were compelled to eat the flesh of pigs.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xii)            Under the penalty of death, the Jews were not allowed to practice circumcision, observe the Sabbath, or partake of any feasts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xiii)         Rather than accept these abhorrent standards, many Jews chose death or fled into the wilderness.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xiv)          The worship of the Greek god, Bacchus was compulsory.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xv) In an act that enraged the Jews, Antiochus erected a statue of Zeus in the temple.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xvi)          A priest named Mattathias defied the Seleucid edicts and began a revolt.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">r)      The Maccabees (~166-135 BC).<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn5">[5]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Mattathias and his five sons: John, Simon, Judas, Eleazar, and Jonathan fled to the hills to avoid reprisals.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    In the early phase of the revolt, they engaged in guerilla warfare against the Seleucids and Hellenistic Jews.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Judas took over and became the military leader following his father’s death.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  He became known as “Maccabeus” (“the Hammer”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Judas and his forces took control of Jerusalem including the temple area and sacrifice was renewed in 164 BC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  Although Jerusalem had been taken the struggle against the Seleucids continued for many years.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            Jonathan took the mantle of leadership following the death of his brother, Judas.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         Known more for his political acumen rather than military prowess, he later became high priest and governor.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  The Maccabean era ended with death of Simon, Jonathan’s brother and successor.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">x)     Simon was officially recognized as leader and high priest.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xi)  His official recognition established the hereditary high priesthood in the family of the Maccabees.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xii)            This new ruling priesthood is referred to as the Hasmonean dynasty.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">s)      The Hasmoneans (~134-63 BC).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The Seleucids allowed the Hasmonean rulers a degree of autonomous rule beginning with a ruler named Hyrcanus.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Subsequent rulers added territory to the kingdom through military conquest.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The boundaries of the Hasmonean kingdom equaled those of David and Solomon.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn6">[6]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Samaria in the north and Idumea in the south were incorporated into the kingdom.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     The Idumeans were forced to convert to Judaism and be circumcised.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  After the Seleucids officially recognized the Hasmoneans, the Hellenistic party was discredited and the Hasidim were vindicated.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            Nevertheless the Hellenistic ideals continued to be perpetuated through the party of the Sadducees while the conservative ideals of the Hasidim were perpetuated through the party of the Pharisees.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         These two parties were often bitter theological and political rivals.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  A major rift developed between the two parties which resulted in open civil war.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">x)     In the midst of the civil war enter the Romans.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">t)       The Romans (~63+).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Legend declares that Romulus and Remas founded the city of Rome in ~753 BC.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn7">[7]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Over the centuries Rome had steadily become a major world power with an appetite for conquest especially in the Near East.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Hearing of the chaos in Judea, the Roman leader Pompey intervened to “arbitrate” the differences.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Pompey backed Hyrcanus II and defeated his rival, Aristobulus II.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Following Pompey’s victory, Judea became part of the Roman province of Syria.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  This effectively ended the Hasmonean dynasty.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            An Idumean named Herod, also known as Herod the Great, was given the title, “Procurator of Judea.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         He is credited with many ambitious building projects such as the construction of Masada, and rebuilding the temple in Jerusalem.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  However he is also infamously known as the one who tried to kill Jesus by having all male children executed who were two years old and under (Matt. 2:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">u)     It was against this chaotic backdrop of Roman oppression and sectarian in-fighting that Jesus Christ was born.</p>
<p>4)     Overview of primary Jewish religious sects and political groups present in Judea during the life of Christ.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Pharisees:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The term “Pharisee” means “separated ones.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    They were the largest and most influential sect in NT times.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn8">[8]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The Pharisees were in part the ideological descendants of the Hasidim (i.e. strict orthodox Judaism, cf. Acts 26:5 also Acts 22:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Their theology was founded upon the OT canon and oral tradition from Jewish sages (i.e. the “hakamim” cf. Mark 7:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     The Pharisees employed an allegorical method of interpretation with great value given to the oral tradition.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  They believed in the existence of angels, spirits, the immortality of the soul, and the resurrection of the body.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn9">[9]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            Furthermore, they placed great emphasis on Sabbath observance, ritual prayer, fasting, and the meticulous tithing of their property (Matt. 12:1-2, 23:23, Luke 11:42).<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn10">[10]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         Two influential Pharisaic teachers and their ideologies:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  Hillel: moderate, showed regard to the poor, and was more willing to accept Roman rule.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  Shammai: strict in his interpretation, and a bitter opponent of the Romans.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  They sought proselytes to their religion (Matt. 23:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">x)     The Pharisees established the framework for modern orthodox Judaism.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xi)  Two notable converts to Christianity: Paul and Nicodemus (John 3:1ff, 19:39, Phil. 3:5)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The Scribes:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Technically the scribes did not compose a sect.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    They were specialists and copyists of the Law of Moses.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Scribes were associated with the elders, chief priests, and Pharisees (Matt. 16:21, 20:18, 27:41, Mark 2:16, Luke 5:21, 15:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The Sadducees:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       According to tradition they derived their name from the sons of Zadok, who was High Priest during the reigns of David and Solomon (1 Kings 2:35, Ezek. 44:15, 48:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Although less numerous than the Pharisees, they possessed political power.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  This sect was in part an off-shoot of the Jewish Hellenists.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  They were the party of the high priesthood and the Jerusalem upper class.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     The Sadducees were also political opportunists that were ever ready to ally themselves with the dominant power in order to maintain their prestige and influence.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  Theologically they were at odds with the Pharisees:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  Limited canon to the Torah, which they considered to have higher authority than the other portions of the OT canon.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn11">[11]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  Strictly literal interpretation of the Torah.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  The oral tradition so readily accepted by the Pharisees was rejected.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)  They denied the existence of angels, spirits, and the concept of a bodily resurrection (Matt. 22:23, Luke 20:27, Acts 23:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            None but the members of the High Priestly and upper class families of Jerusalem could be Sadducees.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn12">[12]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         The sect of the Sadducees ceased to exist following the destruction of the Temple in 70 AD by Titus.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     The Essenes:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Practiced strict asceticism and Sabbath observance.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Generally abstained from marriage and filled their ranks by adoption and converts.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn13">[13]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Many withdrew from society and established monastic communities (e.g. Qumran).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The Zealots:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Extreme nationalists.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Advocated violence in order to obtain liberation from Rome.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Simon, one of Christ’s disciples was formerly a “Zealot” (Luke 6:15, Acts 1:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Their agitation and defiance of Rome was major contributing factor in the destruction of Jerusalem.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The Herodians:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       A Jewish sect that sympathized with the Herodian rulers.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Apart from this little is known about this group.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Whatever their political or religious aspirations, they clearly considered Christ to be a threat (Matt. 22:16, Mark 3:6, 12:13).</p>
<p>5)     The authorship of Luke.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The unique relation of the Gospel of Luke to Acts makes the issue of authorship of Luke distinct in comparison to the authorship of the other Gospels.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn14">[14]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Both Luke and Acts are addressed to an individual named Theophilus (Luke 1:3, Acts 1:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Acts refers to a previous body of work, presumably the Gospel of Luke (Acts 1:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Certain stylistic and grammatical characteristics occur in both books which point to a single author.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Luke and Acts possess a number of thematic similarities.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Further these themes are more fully developed in Luke and receive a distinctive emphasis.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  This is not a characteristic that is found elsewhere in the NT.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The author of Luke was not an eye witness to the incarnation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     However he was well qualified to investigate and report the facts concerning the life of Christ.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     In connection to Acts, the author associates himself with the Paul in many “we” passages (1<sup>st</sup> person pl., Acts 16:10-17, 20:5-15, 21:1-18, 27:1-28:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Although these passages don’t provide conclusive proof that Luke was the author of the third Gospel, it is in accord with other supplementary information.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Paul indicates Luke was a companion during various points of his missionary journeys (Col. 4:14, Philemon 1:24, 2 Tim. 4:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Extra-biblical sources that corroborate a Lucan authorship:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Papyrus 75 (Papyrus Bodmer, ~200 AD): the oldest manuscript of the Gospel in which appears the attribution “the Gospel of Luke.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Muratorian Canon (70-180 AD): attributes the third gospel to Luke. Also identifies Luke as a physician, as one who had not personally seen Christ, and as a companion of the apostle Paul.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)   Anti-Marcionite Prologues (2<sup>nd</sup> century): the heretic Marcion acknowledged Luke as the author.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The writings of Iraneaus (2<sup>nd</sup> century), Clement of Alexandria, Origen, and Tertullian (3<sup>rd</sup> century) affirm Luke as the author.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Considering this support and that there exist no decisive arguments against his authorship, Luke must be considered the author of the third gospel.</p>
<p>6)     Who was Luke?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     His writing indicates he was well educated and possessed excellent command of Greek (e.g. prologue, cf. Acts 28:2 “natives”- <strong>&#8220;</strong>barbaros,&#8221; barbarians, though not in the sense of uncivilized brutes, but as non-Greek speakers).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Based on his linguistic style, we may infer that Luke was a Gentile although not necessarily Greek (cf. Col. 4:10-14 also Acts 1:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Paul indicates he was a physician; a point that is reflected in his writing (<strong>Colossians 4:14</strong> “Luke, the beloved physician, sends you his greetings…”; “physician”- <strong>&#8220;</strong>iatros,&#8221; one who undertakes the cure for various physical ailments, cf. Luke 8:43).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     He was a meticulous observer that engaged in careful historical research (Luke 1:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     As the author of this gospel and Acts, Luke wrote more Scripture than any other NT author.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      He was not an apostle, but nevertheless played an important part in the establishment of the early church.</p>
<p>7)     Method of composition.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     In order to compile this book, Luke sought out eyewitnesses and other primary sources.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Some interpreters are of the opinion that Luke utilized the gospels of Matthew and Mark, especially the latter, as sources.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Additionally, Luke is thought to have used other sources that contained sayings of Jesus. These sayings are referred to as “Q” for short (“Q” from the German term Quelle meaning “source”).<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn15">[15]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     However the validation of this view is problematic.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Although there are parallel passages in Matthew and Mark, Luke’s account differs at times because of his theology, literary style, and source material.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn16">[16]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      What is certain as with the other authors of Scripture is that Luke was inspired by God the Holy Spirit in his writing regardless of his sources (2 Tim. 3:16 cf. 2 Peter 1:20).</p>
<p>8)     Intended readership and purpose.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     As the prologue indicates, Luke wrote to an individual named “Theophilus.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Luke addresses him as “most excellent Theophilus” which is an honorary form of address.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     This honorific address, “most excellent” may connote that Theophilus was an official of high social status or it may simply be a polite form of address (cf. Acts 23:26, 24:3, 26:25 also Flavius Josephus in <em>Against Apion</em>).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Besides Theophilus, the intended readership was primarily Gentile believers who were familiar with Judaism and synagogue worship (i.e. “God-fearers”).<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn17">[17]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Luke sought to write an orderly, comprehensive account of Jesus Christ and His ministry.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      It is not simply a narration of historical events concerning Christ; Luke provides assurance to his readers regarding the factual basis for their faith in Christ.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Furthermore, Luke advances several significant theological topics in the gospel (e.g. Christology, prayer, the ministries of God the Holy Spirit).</p>
<p>9)     Time and place of writing</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     It is unlikely that there was a large passage of time between the composition of the Gospel and Acts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Luke closes Acts with a reference to Paul’s first Roman imprisonment which ended in 62 AD (Acts 28:19, 30-31).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The Acts narrative progresses to 62 AD, therefore the Gospel was written earlier than this date.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Some have proposed a date after 70 AD following the destruction of Jerusalem.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The destruction of Jerusalem is predicted in the Gospel, but its actual fulfillment is not recorded (Luke 19:41-44, 21:20-24).<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn18">[18]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      As a historian Luke certainly would have recorded this very important event if it had transpired before writing the Gospel or Acts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Further, if he cites the fulfillment of the prophecies of Agabus as well as Paul’s imprisonment, we may certainly infer he would have recorded the destruction of Jerusalem and the Temple (Acts 11:28, 21:8-11, 28:16-17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     This makes a post 70 AD date untenable.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Although we cannot pin down an exact date, in consideration of the preceding points an early 60’s AD date is preferable for the writing of the Gospel.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       The place of composition cannot be identified with certainty.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn19">[19]</a></p>
<p>10) Some prominent themes in Luke:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Focus is placed on the true humanity and saving work of Jesus Christ (Luke 3:38- genealogy traced back to Adam the first man, 19:1-10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The ministries of God the Holy Spirit (Luke 1:15, 35, 41, 2:25-35, 4:1, 18, 11:13, 24:49).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The significant role of prayer in the Christian life (Luke 3:21, 6:12, 9:29, 11:1-13, 18:1-8, 22:31-32, 23:34).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     The graciousness and effectiveness of Christ’s teaching and the word of God (Luke 4:22, 32, 36, 8:4-15).<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn20">[20]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Detailed infancy narratives and the childhood of Jesus (Luke 1:5-2:52).</p>
<p>11) General outline of the Gospel of Luke.<a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftn21">[21]</a></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Prologue (1:1-4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Birth and Childhood Narratives (1:5-2:52).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Preparation for Christ’s Ministry (3:1-4:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     The Galilean Ministry (4:14-9:50).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Teaching and Travels Toward Jerusalem (9:51-19:44).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Teaching in the Temple Area (19:45-21:38).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     The Passion of Christ (22:1-23:56).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     The Resurrection and Ascension (24:1-53).</p>
<hr size="1" /><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref1">[1]</a> Charles F. Pfeiffer, Between the Testaments (Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1959), 11.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref2">[2]</a> Ibid., 67-69.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref3">[3]</a> David O’Brien, A Survey of Israel’s History (Grand Rapids: 1986), 353.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref4">[4]</a> Ibid., 354.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref5">[5]</a> Ibid., 357.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref6">[6]</a> Ibid., 365.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref7">[7]</a> Idem, Between the Testaments, 103.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref8">[8]</a> Merrill C. Tenney, New Testament Survey (Grand Rapids: 1961), 110.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref9">[9]</a> Ibid.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref10">[10]</a> Ibid.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref11">[11]</a> Ibid, 111.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref12">[12]</a> Idem, Between the Testaments, 115.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref13">[13]</a> Idem, New Testament Survey, 112.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref14">[14]</a> Walter L. Liefeld, The Expositor’s Bible Commentary, vol. 8, Luke (Grand Rapids: 1984), 798.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref15">[15]</a> Ibid, 804.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref16">[16]</a> Ibid, 805.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref17">[17]</a> Ibid, 802.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref18">[18]</a> John Nolland, Word Biblical Commentary, Luke 1-9:20 (Nashville: Thomas Nelson, 1989), xxxviii.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref19">[19]</a> Ibid, xxxix.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref20">[20]</a> Idem, The Expositor’s Bible Commentary, 815.</p>
<p><a href="file:///C:/Users/seamusa/Documents/Studies/Exegesis/Luke/Luke%20class/IntroLukeClass.docx#_ftnref21">[21]</a> Ibid, 818-820.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/introduction-to-the-gospel-of-luke/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Philippians 4</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-4-current-study-notes</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-4-current-study-notes#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2010 20:34:22 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Philippians]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[content]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[forbearance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[giving]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[honorable]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[lovely]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Paul]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pray]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[prosperity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[pure]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rejoice]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[right]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[sacrifice]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[stand firm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[true]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[unity]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[urgent requests]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=212</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[In chapter 4 Paul begins with an exhortation to stand stand firm and live in harmony. Evidently two believers in the Philippi were at serious odds so Paul appeals for a group effort in resolving their disagreement. After this appeal, he issues some concluding exhortations in living the Christian life such as "Rejoice in the Lord always," "Be anxious for nothing," apply the sound doctrine learned, etc. The apostle concludes the letter by acknowledging their financial gift and gives his closing greetings.  ]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:1-3</strong> Therefore, my beloved brethren whom I long <em>to see</em>, my joy and wreath, so stand firm in the Lord, my beloved. <sup>2</sup> I urge Euodia and I urge Syntyche to live in harmony in the Lord. <sup>3</sup> Indeed, true comrade, I ask you also to help these women who have shared my struggle in <em>the cause of </em>the gospel, together with Clement also, and the rest of my fellow workers, whose names are in the book of life.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 1-3:</p>
<p>1)     One again Paul’s great affection for the Philippians comes to the fore.</p>
<p>2)     Here, he refers to them as “my beloved brethren whom I long <em>to se</em><em>e</em>” (cf. Phil 1:8)</p>
<p>3)     They are also his “joy and wreath.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     They were a source of joy because of their spiritual progress and applications (Phil. 1:3-5, 2:17-18, 4:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     As his “wreath” at the Bema, they would be tangible evidence that he had fulfilled his God-given apostolic ministry (cf. 1 Thess. 2:19-20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Their continued obedience would provide Paul with immense satisfaction and would be the basis for his boast “in the day of Christ” (Phil 2:16).</p>
<p>4)     Apart from his display of affection Paul opens v. 1 with “therefore” which introduces a conclusion based on his preceding statements in vv. 17-21.</p>
<p>5)     That is, based on their heavenly citizenship and their guaranteed future resurrection, Paul admonishes the Philippians to stand firm in the Lord.</p>
<p>6)     They were not to imitate those who had become enemies of the cross of Christ and set their minds on earthly matters.</p>
<p>7)     His admonishment, “Stand firm in the Lord” was a preventative to spiritual ruin.</p>
<p>8)     To stand firm in the Lord is to be firmly committed to the cause of Christ and spiritual advancement in the face of internal and external opposition (e.g. OSN, the state, Judaizers).</p>
<p>9)     In order to stand firm the Philippians would have to be dependent upon FGHS and hold to sound doctrine (cf. Phil 1:27, also Eph. 3:16, 2 Thess. 2:15).</p>
<p>10) This in turn would provide stability in adversity regardless of source or severity.</p>
<p>11) In a like manner, we are to stand firm in the Lord when facing opposition in the world.</p>
<p>12) In v. 2 Paul singles out two women who had been involved in an ongoing disagreement.</p>
<p>13) The nature of their disagreement is not specified just its end result…disharmony in the local church.</p>
<p>14) The names of the women were Euodia and Syntyche.</p>
<p>15) Paul strongly urges each “to live in harmony in the Lord.”</p>
<p>16) “To live in harmony” is to think the same thing or to be in agreement.</p>
<p>17) Here, “in the Lord” refers to a mutual doctrinal resolution of their differences.</p>
<p>18) In v.3 Paul appeals to an anonymous person he refers to as “true comrade.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     A precise identification is problematic.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     From Paul’s appellation, we do know that this person was of good character and a trusted fellow laborer in the ministry.</p>
<p>19) He asks this individual to help the women sort out their differences.</p>
<p>20)Paul also intends to enlist the aid of Clement and other believers in the Philippian ministry in achieving reconciliation (i.e. “my fellow workers”).</p>
<p>21)Evidently Paul wanted a concerted, group effort to deal with the situation.</p>
<p>22) The basis of his appeal is that these women had shared in his struggles in spreading the gospel.</p>
<p>23) These women were not believers who flirted with the CWL, rather the sense here is that they had struggled side by side with Paul in his ministry.</p>
<p>24)Nevertheless, each had allowed their OSN to drive a wedge in their relationship and became entrenched in their dispute.</p>
<p>25) Discord can spread like leaven among believers. Therefore we may infer that Paul recognized this danger and so wanted to isolate and resolve it immediately (cf. 1 Cor. 12:25, Heb. 12:14-15).</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:4-7</strong> Rejoice in the Lord always; again I will say, rejoice! <sup>5</sup> Let your forbearing <em>spirit </em>be known to all men. The Lord is near. <sup>6</sup> Be anxious for nothing, but in everything by prayer and urgent request with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God. <sup>7</sup> And the peace of God, which surpasses all comprehension, shall guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus.</p>
<p>1)     Following his appeal to live in harmony, Paul proceeds with a series of imperatives in verses that follow.</p>
<p>2)     He begins by exhorting the Philippians with the familiar command to rejoice in the Lord. (<strong>Philippians 3:1</strong> Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things <em>again </em>is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you.).</p>
<p>3)     As we have seen so far in this epistle, joy or happiness is a prominent topic mentioned by Paul (e.g. <strong>Philippians 1:18</strong> What then? Only that in every way, whether in pretense or in truth, Christ is proclaimed; and in this I rejoice, yes, and I will rejoice., <strong>Philippians 2:17-18</strong> But even if I am being poured out as a drink offering upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I rejoice and share my joy with you all. <sup>18</sup> And you too, <em>I urge you</em>, rejoice in the same way and share your joy with me.).</p>
<p>4)     The joy Paul commanded (and possessed) was not the temporal, ephemeral type that is based on one’s circumstances.</p>
<p>5)     Rather it is predicated on one’s relationship with the Lord and the FGHS (<strong>Galatians 5:22-23</strong> “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, <sup>23</sup> gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law” cf. Rom. 14:17). </p>
<p>6)     Joy should be a distinctive characteristic of every believer.</p>
<p>7)     Joy or happiness is commanded during a believer’s ph. 2 (cf. Matt. 5:12, 1 Thess. 5:16).</p>
<p>8)     It is the antithesis of depression, excessive sadness, bitterness, worry, fear and misery.</p>
<p>9)     True happiness is a result of the intake and application of sound doctrine. Merely being in class is no guarantee of happiness. The believer must be in fellowship, concentrate and apply the principles of Bible Doctrine he has learned (Psa.112:1, 119:1-2, Prov. 3:18, John 13:17, 15:11)</p>
<p>10)Significantly Paul’s command to rejoice in the Lord is followed by the adverb, “always.”</p>
<p>11) Therefore regardless of circumstances, good or bad, the believer is to be joyful (cf. 1 Peter 4:13).</p>
<p>12) In order to further emphasize the initial command, Paul follows it with, “Again I will say, rejoice!”</p>
<p>13) Clearly rejoicing in the Lord is an incredibly important element that should be present in the believer’s life.</p>
<p>14)Next Paul enjoins, “Let your forbearing <em>spirit </em>be known to all men.”</p>
<p>15) The term translated “forbearing” indicates a disposition that is gentle, fair and tolerant to others (“epieikes”).</p>
<p>16) Note that this quality of being “forbearing” is to be on display to everybody, “all men.”</p>
<p>17) It is an appropriate witness of the life not just to those within the local church but outsiders as well (cf. Phil. 2:15, Titus 3:2).</p>
<p>18)Although tolerance is associated with forbearance, it must not be mistaken for a tolerance of false doctrine or the compromise of sound doctrine (cf. 1 Cor. 5:1-2, 2 Cor. 11:4ff, 1 Tim. 5:20).</p>
<p>19) In order to emphasize his command, Paul succinctly adds, “The Lord is near.”</p>
<p>20) Paul has in mind here that Christ’s coming at the Rapture is near in time.</p>
<p>21) V. 6 begins with the imperative, “Be anxious for nothing.”</p>
<p>22) The verb translated “be anxious” may be used in a good and bad sense (“merimnao”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     In a good sense it means to have a care or concern for something such as the welfare of a fellow believer (cf. Phil 2:20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     In a bad sense, as we have here, the term means to be anxious about present of future circumstances.</p>
<p>23) Paul makes no allowance for anxiety or worry in any area o f the Christian life.</p>
<p>24) The sense of the Greek command is that the Philippians are to make this their habit or customary approach to life.</p>
<p>25) By application, we too are not to be anxious, worried, or fearful in any area of our lives.</p>
<p>26) Although the being anxious is an accepted norm in the world, it is an area that must not be ignored or treated as acceptable by the believer.</p>
<p>27) Anxiety or fear is a mental attitude sin and is not an acceptable emotional response to various circumstances (cf. Prov. 3:25, Matt. 10:31).</p>
<p>28) Do not be anxious about tomorrow or the events of some future date.</p>
<p>29) Instead, focus on making the correct applications today (Matt. 6:34)</p>
<p>30)Anxiety in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in God’s essence and His provision.</p>
<p>31) Under fear or worry, the believer is not pleasing to God. Such a believer is compromised in his thinking and actions (cf. Deut. 1:21-32, Luke 10:41-42).</p>
<p>32) Anxieties, worry, and fear of various circumstances, real or imagined, is counterproductive to our spiritual growth.</p>
<p>33) The believer may overcome any fear or anxiety through faith in God’s provision and reliance on His power (i.e. Faith-Rest, Psa. 27:1, 56:3-4).</p>
<p>34) We must cease from our own efforts to deal with various fears and, instead, cast our anxiety upon God (1 Peter 5:7 cf. 2 Cor. 1:9, Eph. 6:10).</p>
<p>35) Further we must have complete confidence in His ability to carry us through any adversity that we encounter in our life (Psa. 27:14; 37:5; 91:2ff, cf. Heb. 11:6).</p>
<p>36) The adjusted believer will recognize that God is firmly in control and is working to benefit him (<strong>Romans 8:28</strong> And we know that God causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to <em>His </em>purpose).</p>
<p>37) Rather than being anxious, Paul urges the Philippians to pray to God about their every concern (cf. Psa. 62:5-8).</p>
<p>38) It is an incredible privilege and blessing to have access to our Heavenly Father through prayer (Eph. 1:3).</p>
<p>39) Moreover, we are commanded to devote ourselves to prayer (<strong>Romans 12:10-13</strong> Be devoted to one another in brotherly love; give preference to one another in honor; <sup>11</sup> not lagging behind in diligence, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord; <sup>12</sup> rejoicing in hope, persevering in tribulation, <strong>devoted to prayer</strong>, <sup>13</sup> contributing to the needs of the saints, practicing hospitality., <strong>Ephesians 6:18</strong> With all prayer and petition pray at all times in the Spirit, and with this in view, be on the alert with all perseverance and petition for all the saints, <strong>Colossians 4:2</strong> Devote yourselves to prayer, keeping alert in it with <em>an attitude of </em>thanksgiving; <strong>1 Thessalonians 5:16-18</strong> Rejoice always; <sup>17</sup> <strong>pray without ceasing</strong>; <sup>18</sup> in everything give thanks; for this is God&#8217;s will for you in Christ Jesus.).</p>
<p>40) Any believer who fails to regard prayer as a top priority in his life displays a lack of discernment.</p>
<p>41) The Philippians were to address their concerns to God by means of “prayer, urgent request with thanksgiving.”</p>
<p>42) The word “prayer” is a general term for a prayer addressed to a deity, in this case God the Father (“proseuche).</p>
<p>43) This may refer to a petition for self or others (Rom 15:30, Col. 4:12, 1 Peter 3:7).</p>
<p>44) “Urgent request” refers to an urgent request or petition to meet a need (“deesis”<strong> </strong>1 Tim 2:1, 1 Pet. 3:12)</p>
<p>45) Our term “thanksgiving “is an expression of gratitude or thankfulness (“eucharistia” <strong>2 Corinthians 9:12</strong> For the ministry of this service is not only fully supplying the needs of the saints, but is also overflowing through many thanksgivings to God, <strong>1 Timothy 4:4</strong> For everything created by God is good, and nothing is to be rejected, if it is received with <strong>gratitude</strong>).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The Word of God is filled with exhortations and commands to express gratitude to God through thanksgiving (Psa 30:4, 97:12, 100:4, 105:1,2, 106:1, 148:1-14, 149:1-9, 150:1-6, Eph. 5:4, Col. 3:17, 1 Thess. 5:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The more one understands the person of God and his plan, the greater his capacity for praise and thanksgiving (Col. 2:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Thanksgiving ought to be a daily activity, one that is carried on throughout the day.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Thanksgiving it is not a one day holiday that really has no meaning or importance in the plan of God (Psa. 119:164).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Some areas of thanksgiving include God and His plan, Isa. 25:1, the perfect person and work of Christ, Rev. 5:8-14, God the Holy Spirit, Rom. 15:13, God’s word, Psa. 19:7-11, answered prayers, 2 Kings 20:1-6, Dan. 2:23, salvation, Col. 1:12-13, living grace, etc. </p>
<p>46)     Regarding prayer the believer must remember some key elements:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The believer must direct his prayer to God the Father as we see in v. 6. The other two members of the Godhead, God the Son and the Holy Spirit, are not to be addressed (Matt. 6:6, Eph. 3:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The believer must pray in the name of Jesus Christ (<strong>John 15:16</strong> &#8220;You did not choose Me, but I chose you, and appointed you, that you should go and bear fruit, and <em>that </em>your fruit should remain, that whatever you ask of the Father in My name, He may give to you.” Cf. <strong>Ephesians 5:20</strong> “…always giving thanks for all things in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ to God, even the Father…”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     A believer must pray in the power of God the Holy Spirit (<strong>Ephesians 6:18</strong> “With all prayer and petition pray at all times in the Spirit, and with this in view, be on the alert with all perseverance and petition for all the saints…”, <strong>Jude 1:20</strong> “But you, beloved, building yourselves up on your most holy faith; praying in the Holy Spirit…”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     As a part of his role in the Godhead, the Holy Spirit intercedes on behalf of believers in prayer (Rom. 8:26).</p>
<p>47)     Our requests must be according to the will of God (cf. James 4:2-3, 1 John 5:14-15).</p>
<p>48)     It follows that a successful prayer life is directly related to a believer’s knowledge and application of God’s commandments (1 John 3:22).</p>
<p>49)     After all, if we don’t have knowledge of sound doctrine, how will we know what to pray for?</p>
<p>50)      Some “things” to pray for…</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Divine wisdom (Prov. 2:3-6; 8:11, James 1:5, cf. 1 Kings 3:3-14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Success in making the maturity adjustment (Eph. 1:18-19, Col. 1:9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Living grace (Matt. 6:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     All of one’s cares (1 Peter 5:7, cf. Psa. 55:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Civic authorities (1 Tim. 2:1-2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)     Authorities in the LC (cf. Rom. 15:30, 2 Thess. 3:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Other believers under testing (2 Cor. 1:3-11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)      Those who are your enemies (Matt. 5:44 cf. Luke 23:34).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)     Deliverance from temptation or negative influence (Matt. 26:41 cf. 2 Peter 2:4-6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)     A positive spouse (cf. Gen. 24:10ff, Prov. 19:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)       Physical health (3 John 1:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       Your pastor-teacher (Rom. 15:30, Eph. 6:19-20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)     The spiritual advancement of this local church (Col. 1:3-6, 2 Thess. 1:11-12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)       A successfully completed Christian life (Luke 21:34-36).      </p>
<p>51) In v. 7 Paul spells out the result for the Philippians believers who follow the imperatives in v. 6.</p>
<p>52) For the believer that doesn’t become anxious and instead approaches God in prayer, Paul states, “the peace of God, which surpasses all comprehension, shall guard your hearts and your minds in Christ Jesus.”</p>
<p>53)      By application, we also have access to the peace of God if we follow the directives in v. 6.</p>
<p>54)      “The peace of God” means the inner peace that is <strong>produced by God</strong> in the believer.</p>
<p>55)      He is the God of peace who in turn produces peace in the obedient believer (cf. 1 Thess. 5:23, Phil 4:9).</p>
<p>56) Paul indicates that this inner peace “surpasses all comprehension.”</p>
<p>57)      In one sense this inner peace produced by God surpasses or exceeds human comprehension.</p>
<p>58)      In another sense this inner peace is far superior to any human mindset or attitude.</p>
<p>59) Further we may add that it far surpasses any “human” approach in dealing with anxiety.</p>
<p>60) True inner peace, that which is produced by God, is not attained by those who are focused on and involved with worldly pursuits (cf. John 14:27).</p>
<p>61) Besides prayer this inner peace is also a result of the FGHS and knowledge of sound doctrine (Gal. 5:22, 2 Peter 1:2 cf. Rom. 8:6).</p>
<p>62) It is often associated with joy (Rom. 14:17).</p>
<p>63) Inner peace is an imperative for all believers (Col. 3:15).</p>
<p>64) Paul uses a military metaphor to portray this inner peace as standing guard over their “hearts and minds in Christ Jesus.”</p>
<p>65) To stand guard is to provide security and protection (“phroureo”).</p>
<p>66) “Hearts and minds” collectively refer to the inner person (e.g. soul with emotions, thought processes).</p>
<p>67) Therefore, if we are not anxious and pray about our concerns, the peace which God produces will guard or protect the stability of our inner person.</p>
<p>68) The peace of God stabilizes the believer mentally and emotionally even in the event of great suffering.</p>
<p>69) It is truly a wonderful spiritual dynamic and it is ours because of our relationship to God “in Christ.”</p>
<p>70) In light of Paul’s recent exhortation to live in harmony, “community” peace is also in view (4:2).</p>
<p>71) That is, the peaceful relations believers are to enjoy with one another and all men (Rom. 14:19, 2 Cor. 13:11, 1 Thess. 5:13, Heb. 12:14, 2 Tim. 2:22).</p>
<p><strong></strong> </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:8-9</strong> Finally, brethren, whatever is true, whatever is honorable, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is of good repute, if there is any excellence and if anything worthy of praise, let your mind dwell on these things. <sup>9</sup> The things you have learned and received and heard and seen in me, practice these things; and the God of peace shall be with you </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 8-9:</p>
<p>1)     “Finally” is used here to signal the conclusion of the letter.</p>
<p>2)     Paul addresses the Philippians as “brothers” (includes “sisters”) and continues to exhort about how to properly live the CWL.</p>
<p>3)     Specifically he directs their attention to the proper way of thinking.</p>
<p>4)     Some Christians, as free moral agents, believe that they can think whatever they want to think.</p>
<p>5)     This notion is erroneous, as amply demonstrated by Paul in this verse.</p>
<p>6)     Although we have freedom of thought, we must recognize that there is a biblical standard of thinking.</p>
<p>7)     Our thinking has a huge impact on how successful we are as believers in the AC (cf. Rom. 16:19, 1 Cor. 14:20).</p>
<p>8)     God expects us to renew our thinking and be preoccupied with those things which conform to His thinking (Rom. 12:1-3, <strong>Ephesians 4:22-23</strong> that, in reference to your former manner of life, you lay aside the old self, which is being corrupted in accordance with the lusts of deceit, <sup>23</sup> and that you be renewed in the spirit of your mind).</p>
<p>9)     As the sovereign of all, His thinking is superior to all (Isa.55:8-9).</p>
<p>10)He of course knows all our thoughts whether good, evil, lukewarm, etc. (Psalm 139:1-4, Rev. 2:23).</p>
<p>11)Evil thinking is a source of displeasure to God (cf. Gen 6:5-6, Psa. 10:4, 64:5-7, Prov. 11:20, 12:8).</p>
<p>12) Furthermore it has negative consequences for the “thinker” (cf. Prov. 16:5, 19:3, 28:14).</p>
<p>13) Nevertheless, He will be compassionate with those who forsake thinking that violates His standards (<strong>Isaiah 55:7</strong> Let the wicked forsake his way, And the unrighteous man his thoughts; And let him return to the LORD, And He will have compassion on him; And to our God, For He will abundantly pardon).</p>
<p>14)  The propensity for evil thinking is present with all of us, therefore we must be very careful what we think (cf. Prov. 23:17, Luke 6:45, 2 Cor. 10:5).</p>
<p>15)  The apostle introduces six adjectives that depict ideals from the Christian perspective and not from any philosophic list (e.g. Stoic).</p>
<p>16)  The Philippians are first enjoined to let their minds dwell on whatever is “true” (“alethes”)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The adjective when used of persons indicates the quality of being truthful, honest or trustworthy (2 Cor. 6:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     This is a quality ascribed to God’s person and plan (John 8:26, 1 Peter 5:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     When the adjective is used of “things” and statements it describes that which is true, real, or in accordance with fact. (Titus 1:13 cf. Acts 26:25)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     This is an apt description of God’s word (John 19:35 cf. Psa. 119:60, 142, John 17:17, Col. 1:5, 2 Tim. 2:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     It is a quality that should also characterize a believer’s thinking and conduct (cf. Col. 3:9, 1 John 3:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The +v believer desires to know and walk in the truth of the word of God (Psa. 25:5, 26:3, 86:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Moreover, dwelling on the truth of Divine viewpoint staves off involvement in deceit and false doctrine (cf. Eph. 4:14, Col. 2:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     God and His viewpoint are absolute truth, and therefore, ought to consistently occupy the thinking of the believers.</p>
<p>17) Whatever is “honorable” (“semnos”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The term refers to that which is honorable, noble, or worthy of respect.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     It too is a trait to be exhibited by believers (1 Tim. 3:8- trans. “dignity”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     This is from the biblical standpoint and not necessarily what the world considers honorable (e.g. self-sacrifice of Paul vs. self-sacrifice of the Dalai Lama).</p>
<p>18) Whatever is “right” (“dikaios”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Our term describes that which is fair, just or right.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     In Greco-Roman thinking when used of a person, “right” refers to one who adheres to the customs and norms of behavior that contribute to a well-ordered, civilized society.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Therefore a “right” person was a conscientious, law-abiding citizen.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     In a Christian sense, the “right” person is the believer who conscientiously adheres to God’s viewpoint or Bible doctrine (i.e. the customs and norms of the heavenly “state” cf. Titus 2:12 also Deut. 6:25, 12:28, Luke 1:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Some characteristics of the righteous believer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The righteous speak Divine viewpoint or wisdom (Psa. 37:30, Prov. 10:31).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Personal righteousness eventuates in blessing and reward (Prov. 3:33, 11:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The righteous person is an object of God’s love (Prov. 15:9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The righteous believer is generous (Prov. 21:26).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Exhibits discernment (Prov. 15:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  The righteous person guides others in right behavior (Prov. 12:26).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            The righteous hate deceit (Prov. 13:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         Turning from sin to righteousness may save one’s life (Ezek. 18:21, 27).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      As God is absolute righteousness, all of His laws and statutes are righteous (Psa. 119:137, 144, 160, 164, 172).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Further, Bible doctrine itself is “right” or righteous (Rom. 7:12, cf. Psa. 19:8, Prov. 8:8).</p>
<p>19) Whatever is “pure” (“hagnos”)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The adjective “pure” originally referred to an attribute of deity or that which was dedicated to a god.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Paul uses this term to refer to moral purity and that which is undefiled by sin.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     We should be pure in our thinking and behavior (cf. 1 Tim. 5:22- trans. “free,” Titus 2:5, James 4:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     All too often believers allow their thinking become defiled or corrupted by human viewpoint.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Many are led astray from “pure” thinking and instead regress into following worldly thinking and pursuits (cf. 2 Cor. 11:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       This may include participating in activities that force one to consistently miss Bible class such as a job, a hobby, sports, etc.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    To be clear, working a job, engaging in a hobby, or playing a sport is not necessarily illegitimate by itself, but when it interferes with assembling in the LC there is a spiritual problem.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The believer that is biblically discerning understands the incomparable value of studying Bible doctrine on a consistent basis.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The discerning believer also understands that this is God’s directive will, plain and simple, and make it their habit (<strong>Hebrews 10:23-25</strong> Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful; <sup>24</sup> and let us consider how to stimulate one another to love and good deeds, <sup>25</sup> <strong>not forsaking our own assembling together</strong>, as is the habit of some, but encouraging <em>one another</em>; and all the more, as you see the day drawing near.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     This believer makes the pursuit of Bible doctrine his foremost concern.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  In contrast many believers that have had their thinking dulled by human viewpoint make it their habit to miss Bible class consistently. </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            Evidently their God-given mandate as a believer, to grow in grace and knowledge, holds no value (Eph. 4:15, 1 Peter 2:2, 2 Peter 3:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         This type of believer, it’s time to wake up from his spiritual torpor to the realities of sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  Remedial spiritual realities for the spiritually torpid believer:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  Reality #1: You are a believer in Jesus Christ- this reality defines you…not your position at work, talent, IQ, etc.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  Reality#2: You live in the Church Age.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  Reality#3: You are commanded to grow spiritually.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)  Reality#4: You need Bible doctrine on a regular basis.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(5)  Reality#5: You are commanded to regularly assemble in a local church in order to gain a full knowledge of sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">x)     Absolutely nothing we could ever desire compares with Bible doctrine (Psa. 19:9-10, Prov. 3:13-15, 8:11 cf. <strong>Philippians 3:8</strong> More than that, I count all things to be loss in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord, for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and count them but excrement in order that I may gain Christ).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xi)  Therefore, as long as one is able-bodied and free, there is not a valid, biblical justification to fail to attend Bible class on a regular basis.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xii)            In view of the unequivocal biblical evidence, how could one possibly think its “ok” to forego the regular study of sound doctrine for trivial activities such as a job, hobby, or sport?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xiii)         How? In short, one’s desires and ambitions become more important than God’s directive will.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xiv)          This is comparable to the selfish mindset that prevailed during the period of the Judges (Judges 21:25).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">xv)This is also salient feature of the lukewarm and negative thinking that prevails among believers during these last days (cf. Rev. 3:14ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      When “wisdom shouts in the streets and lifts her voice in the square” do not be like the fool and refuse to listen (<strong>Proverbs 1:20-25</strong> Wisdom shouts in the street, She lifts her voice in the square; <sup>21</sup> At the head of the noisy <em>streets </em>she cries out; At the entrance of the gates in the city, she utters her sayings: <sup>22</sup> &#8220;How long, O naive ones, will you love simplicity? And scoffers delight themselves in scoffing, And fools hate knowledge? <sup>23</sup> &#8220;Turn to my reproof, Behold, I will pour out my spirit on you; I will make my words known to you. <sup>24</sup> &#8220;Because I called, and you refused; I stretched out my hand, and no one paid attention; <sup>25</sup> And you neglected all my counsel, And did not want my reproof).       </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Purity is a primary feature of biblical wisdom (James 3:17 cf. Psa. 12:6, 19:8, Titus 2:7).</p>
<p>20)     Whatever is “lovely” (“prosphiles”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     This term refers to things that are lovely, pleasing or agreeable.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     It describes that which one has a kindly disposition towards or that which is agreeable in a moral sense.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     This term has a broad application. Examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Believers in a local church working on the grounds.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    In a general sense, seeing someone help another person in distress (e.g. changing a flat tire).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     “Lovely” precludes that which is crude, vile, or violates Divine viewpoint.</p>
<p>21)     Whatever is of “good repute.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The word primarily denotes speech which is admirable for its high quality.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The content of one’s speech supersedes presentation in importance (cf. 2 Cor. 10:10, 11:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     What we say ought to be distinguished by its truthfulness (Eph. 4:24 cf. Psa. 55:21, Rom. 16:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     For believers, our speech, what we say, should be doctrinally oriented and of high caliber (Eph. 4:29, Titus 2:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Our words ought to be carefully chosen when in various conversations (Col. 4:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      As an example, if someone asks about your faith, you should be able to articulate your faith and give the gospel (1 Peter 3:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     This ought to done with boldness and confidence not timidity (cf. Eph. 6:19-20, 1 Thess. 2:2, Titus 3:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Our speech ought to set us apart in a positive sense (cf. 1 Tim. 4:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Our motivation ought to be to please God and not men in what we say (1 Thess. 2:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Therefore, as an application, avoid worldly speech and that which is sponsored by the OSN (Psa. 34:14, Col. 3:8, 1 Peter 3:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     Doctrinally oriented speech is truly admirable.</p>
<p>22)      At the end of v. 8 Paul broadens the range of proper thinking to include anything of “excellence” and “worthy of praise.”</p>
<p>23)      The sentence functions as a general catch-all to refer to anything of moral excellence and what deserves to be praised (1 Peter 2:14, 2 Peter 1:5).</p>
<p>24)     The command, “Let your mind dwell on these things” concludes v. 8.</p>
<p>25)      The verb translated “Let your mind dwell on” means to give careful attention to a matter (“logizomai”).</p>
<p>26)      Paul also uses it in the sense to evaluate and be discriminating about these “things” just cited.</p>
<p>27)      The Philippians were not to ambivalently and carelessly go about life without examining their world around them.</p>
<p>28)      Rather, they were take stock of their niches and direct their thinking towards things that were morally and spiritually beneficial.</p>
<p>29) Dismiss the worthless, carefully consider the worthy. That is, dwell on the things that are in conformity to God’s standards.</p>
<p>30)We too must be discriminating in our thinking and dismiss those things that lack moral and spiritual benefit.</p>
<p>31) In order to be discriminating in our thinking, we must be firmly grounded in the truth of Bible doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Sound doctrine as a whole functions as the sounding board by which we can compare various ideas, concepts, beliefs, philosophies, etc.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     A believer’s discrimination is also dependent upon the ministry of God the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Various characteristics of those who are biblically discriminating:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The abandonment of human viewpoint and acceptance of the Divine viewpoint (Isa. 55:7-9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    The recognition of the importance of sound doctrine (cf. Psa. 19:7-11, 138:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The ability to distinguish between good and evil (Heb. 5:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  A zeal to apply God’s directive will and avoid evil (Psa. 34:14; 119:59-60).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Problems, pressures or trials are approached from the standpoint of sound doctrine (Psa. 142:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  The refusal to develop friendships with those in the world (<strong>James 4:4-5</strong> You adulteresses, do you not know that friendship with the world is hostility toward God? Therefore whoever wishes to be a friend of the world makes himself an enemy of God. <sup>5</sup> Or do you think that the Scripture speaks to no purpose: &#8220;He jealously desires the Spirit which He has made to dwell in us&#8221;?).</p>
<p>32) In v. 9 Paul once again uses himself as an example for the Philippians to follow (cf. 3:17).</p>
<p>33) By his extensive teaching and personal example, he had shown the Philippians how to properly live the CWL.</p>
<p>34)They had “learned” and “received” what had been taught by Paul such as various doctrines (e.g. faith-rest).</p>
<p>35)Additionally, they “heard” and “saw” Paul practice the doctrine that he taught.</p>
<p>36)He exhorts them to put these lessons into regular practice.</p>
<p>37) Those who practiced what they had learned are promised that “the God of peace shall be with you.”</p>
<p>38) Not only would the God of peace be with them, He would also produce inner peace in the believer (cf. v. 7, via FGHS, <strong>Galatians 5:22</strong> But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, <strong>peace</strong>, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness… ).</p>
<p>39)The application of sound doctrine results in blessing not the least of which is inner peace from God.</p>
<p>40) Without consistent application or practice, the believer minimizes the effectiveness of Bible doctrine in his life.</p>
<p>41)We should have a zeal and commitment to the application of Bible doctrine (James 1:25, 2:20, Titus 2:14, 3:8).  </p>
<p>42) It will only benefit the believer in time and eternity.</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:10-13</strong> Now I rejoiced in the Lord greatly, that now at last you have revived your concern for me; indeed, you were concerned <em>before</em>, but you lacked opportunity. <sup>11</sup> Not that I speak from want; for I have learned to be content in whatever circumstances I am. <sup>12</sup> I know how to get along with humble means, and I also know how to live in prosperity; in any and every circumstance I have learned the secret of being filled and going hungry, both of having abundance and suffering need. <sup>13</sup> I continue to have power through Him who keeps empowering me</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 10-13:</p>
<p>1)     Paul segues from exhortation to rejoicing in v. 10.</p>
<p>2)     Here he begins a full acknowledgement of their gift after briefly alluding to it previously in the epistle (Phil. 2:25, 30).</p>
<p>3)     He rejoices over the financial assistance provided by the Philippians.</p>
<p>4)     Their application is a great source of joy for the apostle.</p>
<p>5)     They had not grown lukewarm toward Paul and his ministry.</p>
<p>6)     Paul states, “Now at last you have revived your concern for me.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     “Revived” is used literally to refer to plants re-blooming or flourishing again, but here clearly used figuratively.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     “Concern” is literally “thinking.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The gift was evidence of their “flourishing” love and concern for the apostle.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     His welfare occupied a prominent position in their thinking.</p>
<p>7)     “At last” should not be regarded in a pejorative sense.</p>
<p>8)     He is not rebuking them for finally getting around to giving to him.</p>
<p>9)     For unspecified reasons they had been unable to assist him financially.</p>
<p>10)With his various incarcerations in Rome and Caesarea not to mention a harrowing sea voyage in between, it may have been problematic to give him financial help.</p>
<p>11) The apostle’s niche at times was rather tumultuous and irregular.</p>
<p>12) This time however the apostle received their gift by the hand of Epaphroditus (Phil. 2:30, 4:18).</p>
<p>13)It is important to note that the Philippians gave freely without coercion from Paul or others.</p>
<p>14) They were aware of his needs and did their best to address them (Phil. 4:15-16 cf. 2 Cor. 8:1-5).</p>
<p>15) In order to prevent any unwarranted conclusions Paul explains the reason for his joy.</p>
<p>16) His joy is not strictly based on receiving the gift.</p>
<p>17) On the contrary, he doesn’t “speak from want” which indicates he is not lacking the essential elements of living grace.</p>
<p>18)     His joy is primarily based on the spiritual benefits the Philippians would gain as a result of their giving.</p>
<p>19)      Paul, over the course his Christian life, had “learned to be content in whatever circumstances” he experienced.</p>
<p>20)     The verb “learned” means to gain knowledge through practice or experience (“manthano”).</p>
<p>21)      “Content” indicates a mental attitude of satisfaction (“autarkes”).</p>
<p>22)      However, in Greek thought, to be content was to be self-sufficient, and independent.</p>
<p>23)      Yet, the context makes it clear that Paul’s contentment was not based on some notion of his own self-sufficiency.</p>
<p>24)      Far from it! He was reliant on God and not self (v. 13 cf. 2 Cor. 12:9, 2 Tim. 3:11).</p>
<p>25)      His contentment was based on the knowledge that God would provide for his living grace needs regardless of circumstances.</p>
<p>26)      This was true whether he was in a Roman prison or traveling freely on his missionary journeys.</p>
<p>27) Over the course of his apostolic ministry, Paul had to learn how acclimate to “humble means” as well as to “prosperity.”</p>
<p>28) Note that his contentment didn’t dissipate with “humble means.”</p>
<p>29) It is common when experiencing humble means or a financial shortfall, to begin to worry and fear.</p>
<p>30) This ought to be avoided as it manifests a lack of faith in God’s provision.</p>
<p>31) Ask yourself, “Is not the sovereign, righteous, omniscient, and omnipotent God of the universe able to supply my basic needs and more? Of course, so don’t worry.</p>
<p>32)Paul also maintained his contentment when he was in prosperity.</p>
<p>33) He didn’t allow his periodic prosperity to distract him from fulfilling his responsibilities.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)      There is a tendency for some to think that an abundance of resources eventuates in security.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)      However prosperity brings about other challenging tests for the believer (e.g. pride in possessions, 2 Chron. 32:27-31 cf. 2 Kings 20:12ff)</p>
<p>34)There were times during his ministry that Paul went hungry and other times he was well-fed (cf. 1 Cor. 4:11, 2 Cor. 6:5).</p>
<p>35)Regardless of the extreme Paul maintained his contentment and spiritual focus.</p>
<p>36)Through all of his experiences, he learned to be satisfied.</p>
<p>37) In v. 13 we see that Paul depended on God’s power to sustain him in his niche.</p>
<p>38) He knew by experience that God would strengthen him in order to accomplish all that was necessary in his niche (cf. 2 Cor. 12:10, 1 Tim. 1:12, 2 Tim. 4:17). </p>
<p>39) God’s grace provision is always sufficient for the growing believer.</p>
<p>40) We too ought to be content with our respective niches (cf. Luke 3:14).</p>
<p>41)Even when we have to endure a shortfall of resources.</p>
<p>42) Enduring periods of financial shortages provides an opportunity to grow spiritually.</p>
<p>43)We will go through testing involving shortages and abundance of resources so we ought to make the most of the opportunity by focusing on improving our spiritual weaknesses.</p>
<p>44)As we live the CWL, it is a certainty that God will test the sound doctrine in our souls.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     He does so to expose one’s true character and motivations (cf. Psa. 94:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     He will test our thinking. We may try to disguise our true feeling and motivations, but no one can fool God (Prov. 17:3, Jer. 17:10, 1 Thess. 2:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     God tests believers to make manifest whether or not they will obey His directive will (Ex. 16:4, Deut. 13:3, Judges 2:22, 3:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Many tests are designed by God to sharpen the believer’s focus on the truly important issues in life and to prioritize accordingly (Deut. 8:2-3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Additionally, certain tests are designed to make the believer rely on God and not our own strength &amp; abilities (2 Cor. 1:8-9).</p>
<p>45)Whether we have little or abundance, we must not sacrifice our spiritual integrity (e.g. moving away from sound doctrine for a less expensive niche, taking a job that conflicts with Bible class).</p>
<p>46) The believer should remain in his niche, pursue sound doctrine, pray, and patiently wait for God’s provision.</p>
<p>47)As in Paul’s case, God will provide every living grace necessary so that we may pursue spiritual maturity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Living grace encompasses all the physical necessities provided by God in order for an individual to remain physically alive in the AC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     This type of grace is not the exclusive domain of believers. Unbelievers are also recipients of living grace (Matt. 5:45, Acts 14:16-17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Physical provisions include food, drink, shelter, clothing, etc (Matt. 6:11, 25-34, Phil. 4:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     If we have food, shelter, clothing, and Bible doctrine we have enough (1 Tim. 6:6-8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The desire for riches and wealth leads to disaster for the believer (1 Tim. 6:9-10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Pursue God not riches and be blessed (cf. Prov. 13:21).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     In the case of unbelievers who will eventually be +v and believe in Christ, living grace must include protection and provision until the point they hear the gospel and are saved.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      In the case of the positive believer, living grace includes the necessary protection and deliverance in his niche to allow him to make the MAJG. Also, those who are +v will have adequate time to complete their course.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Paul is an excellent example. God preserved his life on many occasions in order that he progress to spiritual maturity (2 Cor. 11:24-28, 2 Tim. 3:11, 4:6-8, 17-18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Other examples include Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, Azariah, Jonah (Dan. 2:17-18, 3:24-25, 6:21-22, Jonah 1:15-2:1, 10 cf. Psa. 34:19).   </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Also, as believers our living grace also encompasses the spiritual assets that God provides based on our position in Christ (e.g. IGHS, sound doctrine, LC, fellowship of like-minded believers, etc., 1 Cor. 2:12; Eph. 4:7-8, 1 Tim. 4:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Do not complain about God’s living grace provision. He will provide for the actual needs of a believer (cf. Num. 11:1ff, Phil. 2:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     Although believers are provided living grace, we must not presume that this will shelter us from various pressures and trials in the world.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       In fact a believer may be tested in the area of living grace (Ex. 15:22-25, 16:2-35, 17:1-7, 1 Cor. 4:11, Heb. 10:34, 11:37-38).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   Even so, regardless of the opposition in the cosmos or various tests, God will keep the growing believer physically alive to complete his ph. 2 (cf. Job 1:12, 2:6, John 16:33, 2 Tim. 3:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)     Remain focused and remember it is better to hunger and thirst for righteousness (Matt. 5:6).</p>
<p>48) Additionally, we also should rely on God’s power to operate effectively in the CWL (primarily through FGHS cf. Eph. 6:10, 2 Tim. 2:1).</p>
<p>49) We are not to be self-reliant, but rely on God through prayer to order our Christian life (cf. 2 Chron. 14:11, 20:1ff, Heb. 4:16).</p>
<p>50) As we place our trust in Him, He will bless us and make our paths straight (Prov. 3:5-6, 32:10, Jer. 17:7-8).</p>
<p>51)The believer who is not overcome by fear and trusts in God will have peace (Psa. 112:7, Isa. 26:3 cf. Phil 4:6-7).</p>
<p>52) Whatever the circumstances we must keep pressing on to spiritual maturity and relax in the knowledge that God is working for you.</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:14-17</strong> Nevertheless, you have done well to share <em>with me </em>in my affliction. <sup>15</sup> And you yourselves also know, Philippians, that at the first preaching of the gospel, after I departed from Macedonia, no church shared with me in the matter of giving and receiving but you alone; <sup>16</sup> for even in Thessalonica you sent <em>a gift </em>more than once for my needs. <sup>17</sup> Not that I seek the gift itself, but I seek for the profit which increases to your account.</p>
<p>Analysis of 14-17:</p>
<p>1)     Although Paul had learned contentment, he didn’t want the Philippians to think that their gift was unnecessary.</p>
<p>2)     He commends their application by saying, “Nevertheless you have done well to share with me in my affliction.”</p>
<p>3)     The word translated “well” indicates that their giving is in accord with a standard.</p>
<p>4)     In our verse, that standard is God’s standard for giving and assisting others (e.g. share with those in need, 1 Tim. 6:18).</p>
<p>5)     They had, through their giving, demonstrated a willingness to share some of the same pressures that Paul faced.</p>
<p>6)     They had a laudable track record as “fellow strugglers” (Phil. 1:5, 30, 4:3).</p>
<p>7)     In v. 15 Paul emphatically recounts their past generosity.</p>
<p>8)     They began giving to Paul soon after he evangelized Philippi and continued on his missionary journey.</p>
<p>9)     Moreover, at various times, they were the only group of believers that gave to Paul.</p>
<p>10) As a qualifier, he backtracks chronologically and cites at least a couple of cases of their giving when he was in Thessalonica, another city in the region of Macedonia.</p>
<p>11)In Paul’s day “Macedonia” was a Roman province bordered in part by Thrace in the east and Achaia in the south.</p>
<p>12) Following his departure from Philippi, Paul traveled to Thessalonica, Berea, Athens, and arrived in Corinth (~50-51 AD on his 2<sup>nd</sup> missionary journey, Acts 16:12-17:1, 10, 15, 18:1).</p>
<p>13) While in Thessalonica, Paul worked to earn his living, but we may surmise that his financial responsibilities were lessened as a result of the Philippians’ generosity (1 Thess. 2:9, 2 Thess. 3:7-8).</p>
<p>14) These believers faithfully provided for his material needs even when in Corinth (2 Cor. 8:1ff cf. 1 Cor. 9:6-14).</p>
<p>15) Paul clarifies his motives regarding their financial gift.</p>
<p>16)It is their spiritual profit he seeks not his own financial gain.</p>
<p>17) Paul continues using business terminology as he states, “I seek the profit which increases to your account.”</p>
<p>18) Our verb “seek” indicates a strong desire for something (“epizeteo”).</p>
<p>19) The “profit which increases,” literally “the fruit which abounds” refers to the eternal reward that is gained through their grace giving.</p>
<p>20) As they gave or practiced any other good work, an increment of eternal reward would be deposited in their “heavenly” account (cf.1 Peter 1:4, 2 Tim. 4:8).</p>
<p>21) At the Bema they would cash out their account (1 Cor. 3:12-15, 2 Cor. 5:10).</p>
<p>22) It was to this end and their overall spiritual growth that Paul directed his ministry among the Philippians.</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:18-20</strong> But I have received everything in full, and have an abundance; I am amply supplied, having received from Epaphroditus what you have sent, a fragrant aroma, an acceptable sacrifice, well-pleasing to God. <sup>19</sup> And my God shall supply all your needs according to His riches in glory in Christ Jesus. <sup>20</sup> Now to our God and Father <em>be </em>the glory forever and ever. Amen.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 18-20:</p>
<p>1)     The financial gift brought by Epaphroditus had satisfied his needs.</p>
<p>2)     Regarding the receipt of the gift, Paul indicates:</p>
<p>a)     He received everything in full (business t.t. to receive in full what is due).</p>
<p>b)     He has abundance so the gift was more than enough.</p>
<p>c)     I am amply supplied or literally “filled up.” </p>
<p>3)     He describes their grace gift with a metaphor from O.T. sacrifices: a fragrant aroma, an acceptable sacrifice, and that it was well-pleasing to God (Lev. 2:9, Malachi 3:4).</p>
<p>4)     Their gift was in accord with Divine standards, it was offered with the proper motivations, and so was pleasing to God.</p>
<p>5)     To give of oneself and resources in accordance with sound doctrine is a sacrifice that finds approval with God (cf. Rom. 12:1, Eph. 5:2, 1 Peter 2:5).</p>
<p>6)     Paul assures the Philippians that God will supply all their material needs as they continue in CWL.</p>
<p>7)     Besides material needs, God would also satisfy their spiritual needs (e.g. inner peace, joy).</p>
<p>8)     “His riches in glory in Christ Jesus” are limitless so they could have confidence in Paul’s assurance.</p>
<p>9)     V. 20 is a succinct doxology in which Paul ascribes eternal glory to God for His provisions.</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 4:21-23</strong> Greet every saint in Christ Jesus. The brethren who are with me greet you. <sup>22</sup> All the saints greet you, especially those of Caesar&#8217;s household. <sup>23</sup> The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 21-23:</p>
<p>1)     Paul sends greetings to every believer at Philippi.</p>
<p>2)     We may infer this was conveyed to them through the leadership of the churches in Philippi (i.e. overseers and deacons, 1:1).</p>
<p>3)     The believers in Paul’s immediate company also sent their greetings to the Philippians (e.g. Timothy).</p>
<p>4)     He expands the greetings to include those sent from “all the saints.”</p>
<p>5)     This refers to the believers in Rome, especially those of Caesar’s household.</p>
<p>6)     The latter group denotes those who were engaged in service to Rome including the emperor’s slaves, soldiers, advisors, and possibly relatives of Nero.</p>
<p>7)     Paul concludes by expressing his desire that “The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit.”</p>
<p>8)     The Philippians adherence to the principles of sound doctrine would make this desire and the apostle’s opening wish a reality (<strong>Philippians 1:2</strong> Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ).</p>
<p>End: Chapter 4</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-4-current-study-notes/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Philippians 3</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-3</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-3#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2010 20:40:23 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Philippians]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[faith]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[resurrection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[righteousness]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=183</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Chapter 3 begins with a warning against opponents who insist on circumcision as compulsory in the Church Age. Paul re-affirms the "spiritual" circumcision which occurs at the point of salvation. He further asserts that righteousness comes on the basis of faith in Christ and not on observance of the Law. All of his supposed advantages as a Jew, ancestry and accomplishments, he considered worthless compared to the surpassing value of knowing Jesus Christ.  ]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Philippians 3:1-2</strong> Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things <em>again </em>is no trouble to me, and it is a safeguard for you. <sup>2</sup> Beware of the dogs, beware of the evil workers, beware of the mutilation;  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 1-2:  </p>
<p>1)     Paul begins chapter 3 with the statement, “Finally, my brethren, rejoice in the Lord.”  </p>
<p>2)     Our term translated “Finally” doesn’t indicate that the apostle is concluding his epistle.  </p>
<p>3)     He is after all only half way through the letter.  </p>
<p>4)     Rather, “finally” signals a transition to new subject matter.  </p>
<p>5)     It carries the sense of the English words, “Furthermore” or “In addition.”  </p>
<p>6)     “My brethren” denotes Paul’s affection for his audience as well as their spiritual relationship as believers (Phil. 1:12, 3:13, 17, 4:1, 8).  </p>
<p>7)     Paul instructs the Philippians, “Rejoice in the Lord”  </p>
<p>8)     As we’ve seen so far rejoicing or being happy is a common theme in the letter (Phil. 1:18, 2:17-18, 28).  </p>
<p>9)     The phrase “in the Lord” refers to the joy that is grounded in their relationship with Christ.  </p>
<p>10) A good relationship with Christ is contingent upon the hearing and practice of the Bible doctrine (cf. John 14:15, 21, 1 John 5:3).  </p>
<p>11) In contrast the rejection of the Truth and adherence to false doctrine undermines the relationship (cf. 1 Tim. 4:1, 6:3-5, 2 Tim. 4:3).  </p>
<p>12) The exhortation, “Rejoice in the Lord” is connected with the warnings in v. 2.  </p>
<p>13) Rejoicing in the Lord would preclude being fettered by Jewish legalism.  </p>
<p>14) Paul indicates that it was no hassle for him to re-iterate previously taught information (“To write the same things”).  </p>
<p>15) It would be for their spiritual benefit and serve as a “safeguard” against becoming ensnared in false doctrine (e.g. Jewish legalism).  </p>
<p>16) The repetition of sound doctrine by the pastor-teacher is vital for the equipping the believers in a local church (cf. 2 Tim. 2:14, Titus 3:1, 2 Peter 1:12, Jude 1:5).  </p>
<p>17) In this manner and in tandem with the ministry of the Holy Spirit, Bible doctrine is effectively reinforced in one’s thinking (John 14:26).  </p>
<p>18) Paul begins v. 2 with a series of three unequivocal and powerful warnings to “beware of” or “look out for” some potential antagonists.  </p>
<p>19) He states, “Beware of the dogs, beware of the evil workers, beware of the false circumcision.”  </p>
<p>20) In context, these antagonists are Jewish legalists that erroneously upheld the necessity of keeping the Mosaic Law in order to have a proper relationship with God (a.k.a. Judaizers cf. reference to circumcision, Paul’s “credentials” v. 3ff).   </p>
<p>21)They advocated a faith + works dogma that was in contradiction to God’s grace and sound doctrine (Acts 15:1ff).  </p>
<p>22) Despite the strong language there is little evidence here or elsewhere that these people were actually present in Philippi when Paul wrote the letter or that a serious threat existed.  </p>
<p>23) The warnings should be viewed as preemptive in nature.  </p>
<p>24) Bear in mind, after being hounded for years, Paul had developed a particular distaste for these types.  </p>
<p>25) They had infiltrated many churches most notably in Galatia, and infected many with their virulent strain of legalism (Gal. 3:1ff, 4:9-11, 5:1-10, Col. 2:16).  </p>
<p>26) Our word “beware” indicates the Philippians were to diligently watch out for these opponents of the Truth (“blepo”).  </p>
<p>27)In our translation Paul sarcastically labels them, “the dogs,” “the evil workers,” and “the false circumcision.”  </p>
<p>28)  First, “dogs” is a pejorative and expresses the apostle’s contempt.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)      Dogs were generally viewed with contempt in Greco-Roman and Jewish society.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     In packs they were known to be scavengers and vicious (1 Kings 14:11, 21:23, 2 Kings 9:36, Prov. 26:11, 17, Jer. 15:3).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Biblically when used of a human, it is a term of reproach (Deut. 23:18, Psa. 22:16).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Christ used the term to refer to opponents of Divine viewpoint (Matt. 7:6).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     It was also a derogatory term used for “Gentiles” (Mark 7:27-28).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Regarding this last usage, Paul reverses the epithet. By attempting to make Gentiles “clean” through keeping the Law, the Judaizers are depicted as “unclean” dogs.<a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-includes/js/tinymce/plugins/paste/pasteword.htm?ver=327-1235#_ftn1">[1]</a>  </p>
<p>29) Secondly, they are referred to as “evil workers.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)      This label denotes that they were engaged in evil conduct as they adhered to and promoted their false doctrine (cf. “deceitful workers”- 2 Cor. 11:13).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Although the Judaizers considered their own efforts to be righteous, they were in reality quite evil and at variance with God’s plan of grace.  </p>
<p>30) Third, the apostle warns, “Beware the false circumcision.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The word translated “false circumcision” means “mutilation” or “cutting into pieces” and not circumcision (“katatome” cf. “peritome”- circumcision in v. 3).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Paul ironically refers to the Judiazers’ insistence on the necessity of circumcision as “mutilation.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Circumcision is no longer a requirement in the Church Age so if one observes this commandment in order to obey the Law, the observance is nothing more than a mutilation of the flesh (cf. Gal. 5:12).  </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:3</strong> for we are the <em>true </em>circumcision, who worship in the Spirit of God and glory in Christ Jesus and put no confidence in the flesh,  </p>
<p>Analysis of v. 3:  </p>
<p>1)     Paul opens v. 3 with an explanation concerning his warnings in the previous verse.  </p>
<p>2)     He emphatically asserts, “for <strong>we</strong> are the <em>true </em>circumcision” (lit. “the circumcision”).  </p>
<p>3)     “We” is in contrast to those of the “the mutilation,” those who insist on the physical rite of circumcision in order to be saved (cf. <strong>Acts 15:1</strong> And some men came down from Judea and <em>began </em>teaching the brethren, &#8220;Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved.&#8221;).  </p>
<p>4)     At the time of writing of this letter, the Age of Israel had been suspended and a new dispensation had been established, the Church Age.  </p>
<p>5)     Physical circumcision, a rite initially prescribed for Abraham and his descendants, was no longer required (cf. <strong>Galatians 5:6</strong> For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision nor uncircumcision means anything, but faith working through love, <strong>Galatians 6:15</strong> For neither is circumcision anything, nor uncircumcision, but a new creation.).  </p>
<p>6)      Background information on ritual circumcision as practiced by the Jews.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Circumcision entails the surgical removal of the male foreskin as a religious ritual.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The practice began with Abraham (Gen. 17:1ff).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     It was a sign of the Abrahamic Covenant.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Abraham was circumcised when he was 99 years old.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     From that day forward all Jewish male children were to be circumcised on the 8th day after birth.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      It was also commanded as a part of the Mosaic Covenant (Lev.12:3).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Non-Jews could not participate in the feast of Passover unless they were first circumcised (Ex. 12:43, 48).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Moses failed to circumcise his son and it nearly cost him his life (Ex. 4:24-26).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Failure to be circumcised resulted in excommunication from Jewish society. <strong>Genesis 17:14</strong> &#8220;But an uncircumcised male who is not circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin, that person shall be cut off from his people; he has broken My covenant.&#8221;  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       The Exodus Generation, a generation of spiritual malcontents, failed to have their sons circumcised in Egypt or in the wilderness (Joshua<strong> </strong>5:3-7).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     Jesus Christ was circumcised on the 8th day in compliance with the Law (Luke 2:21).  </p>
<p>7)     The “true” circumcision is composed of both Jews and Gentiles who believed in Christ apart from the observance of any physical ritual.  </p>
<p>8)     Here Paul refers to “spiritual” circumcision which superseded the physical.  </p>
<p>9)     This was not a novel concept originating in the Church Age.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Even though ritual circumcision was required during the Age of Israel, “inner” or spiritual circumcision was of primary importance.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)      The inner circumcision was synonymous with obedience to God’s directive will (Lev. 26:41, Deut.10:16, 30:6, Jer.4:4, Ezek. 44:7).  </p>
<p>10) In Col. 2:11 Paul refers to it as “a circumcision made without hands.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     It is a feature of our spiritual union with Christ.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Note that every Church Age believer is circumcised in Christ.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In contrast to the physical ritual, it is completely unseen and doesn’t result in an external, visible mark.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     God the Holy Spirit performs the inward circumcision at the point of faith in Christ (Rom. 2:28-29).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The circumcision is nonphysical so the statement “removal of the fleshly body” may appear to be enigmatic.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      However, it must be understood that “the fleshly body” is a reference to the Old Sin Nature (OSN).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Adam is the source of the OSN.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  He acquired the OSN, in his “flesh,” after his original sin and passed it on to the human race via procreation.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  In addition, Adam’s sin was judged which resulted in his spiritual death. This also became mankind’s legacy (cf. Gen 2:17; 3:6).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  After the fall, Adam could not perpetuate anything better than himself.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)  Hence, since the fall, every member of the human race at birth possesses an OSN and is in spiritually dead condition. The one exception being Jesus Christ (Rom 5:12, 17-18, 6:17, 1 Peter 2:22).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Scripture demonstrates that the OSN resides in the genetic code of the human body (Psa. 51:5).   </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  In fact, the “flesh” and “body” are frequently cited as the place of sin and lust (Rom. 8:1-9, 12, Gal.5:16, Eph.2:3, 2 Pet. 2:10 18).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     The “fleshly body” or OSN is analogous to foreskin which is removed during circumcision.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     In the spiritual circumcision, the “removal” of the OSN is accomplished at salvation.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       The Greek verb, “circumcised” indicates a completed event in the past (aorist of “peritemno”).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       It is clear from other passages, that the believers continue to possess an OSN and sin after salvation (1 John 1:8-10 cf. Rom. 7:14-25).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     Rather, in the “circumcision of Christ,” the OSN is positionally removed or set aside at salvation (Rom. 6:2-7, 18, Col. 3:9).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       Prior to our salvation we were “in Adam.” A hopeless position characterized by spiritual death and domination of the OSN (cf. Col 2:13).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   However, after salvation we are “in Christ.” A privileged position in which the domination of the OSN has been effectively terminated and the believer is spiritually alive (1 Cor. 15:22).  </p>
<p>11) Merely observing the physical rite did not secure one’s salvation.  </p>
<p>12) As a case in point, Abraham, father of the Jews, became a believer before he was circumcised. His faith alone secured salvation apart from circumcision (Rom. 4:9-13).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Paul points out to legalistic Jews that Abraham was declared righteous (i.e. justified) while still “uncircumcised.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Therefore, all who follow &#8220;in the steps of faith&#8221; have Abraham as their father.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     This includes believing Jews as well as uncircumcised Gentiles (Rom. 3:29-30).  </p>
<p>13) Paul emphatically asserts that salvation was by grace, totally apart from any works (e.g. circumcision, Eph. 2:8-9).    </p>
<p>14)Therefore the Judaizers in Paul’s day misunderstood the essence of the Law as well as the new Church Age doctrines.  </p>
<p>15) In our verse he goes on to further identify and describe those of the true circumcision.  </p>
<p>16) First, it is composed of those “who worship in the Spirit of God.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     A proper understanding of the verb rendered “worship” is crucial (“latreuo”).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Many believers understand Christian worship as referring to singing and praying when they are assembled in a church.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Typically this type of “worship” is followed by a “sermon.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Sadly it isn’t uncommon for believers to select churches on the quality of their singing or even by a particular musical genre (e.g. hymns only, contemporary).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     However, such distinctions are faulty and only marginalize the proper, biblical concept of “worship.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      In classical Greek, it meant to serve the gods by carrying out one’s religious duties.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     “Worship” properly understood means to serve and specifically within our context, to serve God.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     To serve God, believers are obliged to carry out various duties.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Corporately this includes assembling together on a consistent basis, the exposition of Bible doctrine, praying, singing, celebrating the Lord’s Table, and fellowship (cf. Acts 2:42, 20:7, 1 Cor. 11:23ff, Col. 3:16, Heb. 10:25, James 5:13).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Individually we are to exclusively serve God by carrying out various duties (Heb. 12:28 cf. Matt. 4:10, Rom. 1:25).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     It is this latter sense, one’s individual service to God that is the root meaning of Paul’s use of “worship” in our verse.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)        One must have faith and the proper, inner orientation to serve God (Acts 24:14, Rom. 1:9).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   To serve God is to follow His directives in our daily activities (directives in context: Be like-minded in the Truth, maintain the same love for one another, look out for one another, be humble, etc., cf. Prov. 8:34, Dan. 6:10, Luke 2:37).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)     In our verse the “worship” or service to God is “by the Spirit of God.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">o)     “Worship” is inadequate without the filling of God the Holy Spirit (cf. John 4:24).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">p)     It is He who baptizes us into union with Christ and guides us into truth (John 16:13, 1 Cor. 12:13).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">q)     This is in contrast to the “evil workers” in v. 2 who served by the flesh not by the Holy Spirit.  </p>
<p>17) Secondly, the apostle identifies the true circumcision as those who “glory in Christ Jesus.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     “Glory” carries the nuance boasting but in a positive sense to put one’s full confidence and trust in someone (“kauchaomai”).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Here, that someone is Jesus Christ.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     They shared a relationship with God by virtue of their faith in Christ alone and not through observing various tenants of the Mosaic Law (Gal. 6:14).  </p>
<p>18) Third, this group is described as those who “put no confidence in the flesh.”  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The Judaizers clearly put their confidence in the flesh. That is, they were wrongly convinced of the efficacy of circumcision to secure salvation.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Conversely the true circumcision placed no confidence in the ritual.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Unlike their opponents, Paul and co. understood that they stood in God’s plan of grace completely apart from any physical or “fleshly” observance (1 Cor. 1:29-30).  </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:4-6</strong> Although I myself might have confidence even in the flesh. If anyone else has a mind to put confidence in the flesh, I far more: <sup>5</sup> circumcised the eighth day, of the nation of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, a Hebrew of Hebrews; as to the Law, a Pharisee; <sup>6</sup> as to zeal, a persecutor of the church; as to the righteousness which is in the Law, found blameless.  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 4-6:  </p>
<p>1)     For the sake of argument, Paul adopts the criteria of the Judaizers and reveals his own Hebrew identity.  </p>
<p>2)     If anyone could place confidence in flesh through observing the Law, Paul far more because of his impeccable Jewish credentials.  </p>
<p>3)     All of this confidence he will later explain amounts to nothing compared to the value of knowing Christ.  </p>
<p>4)     He had been circumcised on the eighth day in accordance with the Abrahamic covenant and the Law (Lev. 12:3 cf. Gen. 17:12, Luke 2:21).  </p>
<p>5)     He was not a proselyte, but from the nation or people of Israel (“proselyte”: a Gentile convert to Judaism, Acts 2:10).  </p>
<p>6)     The Judaizer’s goal in insisting upon Gentile circumcision was to bring them into the privileges of belonging to God’s chosen people.  </p>
<p>7)     In this respect, it was Paul’s privilege by birth.    </p>
<p>8)     Furthermore he could trace his ancestry directly to the tribe of Benjamin.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The tribe fought with Deborah against Sisera during the Judges period (Judges 5:14).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Also during the same period, the tribe was nearly exterminated in intertribal warfare, but later recovered (Judges 20:43ff.).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     On a positive note, out of Benjamin came Israel’s first king, Saul (1 Sam. 9:1ff, Acts 13:21).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Paul mentions his Benjamite ancestry elsewhere (Rom. 11:1).  </p>
<p>9)     Unlike Paul Gentiles could only become part of the nation of Israel without a direct tribal connection.  </p>
<p>10) He referred to himself as a Hebrew of Hebrews. This designation sums up that his background and ancestry was entirely Jewish.  </p>
<p>11) In our context Paul progresses from his familial background to his personal achievements as a Jew.  </p>
<p>12) In relation to the Mosaic Law, he was a Pharisee (cf. Acts 23:6-8).  </p>
<p>13)In Paul’s day, the Pharisees were one of three primary sects of Judaism; the others: the Sadducees, Herodians, and Essenes.  </p>
<p>14) The Essenes are not mentioned in the N.T. but their existence is attested to by extra-biblical sources, notably Josephus.  </p>
<p>15) Regarding the Essenes, he writes,  </p>
<p>“For there are three philosophical sects among the Jews. The followers of the first of which are the Pharisees; of the second, the Sadducees; and the third sect, which pretends to a severer discipline, are called Essens. These last are Jews by birth, and seem to have a greater affection for one another than the other sects have. These Essens reject pleasures as an evil, but esteem continence, and the conquest over our passions, to be virtue. They neglect wedlock, but choose out other persons children, while they are pliable, and fit for learning, and esteem them to be of their kindred, and form them according to their own manners. They do not absolutely deny the fitness of marriage, and the succession of mankind thereby continued; but they guard against the lascivious behavior of women, and are persuaded that none of them preserve their fidelity to one man.” <a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-includes/js/tinymce/plugins/paste/pasteword.htm?ver=327-1235#_ftn2">[2]</a>  </p>
<p>16)The Pharisees, Sadducees, and Herodians were opponents of Christ (Matt. 15:7, 16:1ff, Mark 3:6, 12:13).  </p>
<p>17)John the Baptist categorized the Pharisees (with the Sadducees) as a “brood of vipers” (lit: “offspring of snakes”, Matt. 3:7).  </p>
<p>18) Regarding the Pharisees:  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     They were noted for their pride and self-righteousness (Matt. 9:11, Luke 7:39, 18:11-12).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The sect of the Pharisees was reputed to be accurate and precise in all matters relating to the Mosaic Law (Acts 26:4-5 cf. Luke 11:39, 18:12).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     They were especially antagonistic to the Gospel and those who accepted it (John 12:42).  </p>
<p>19) Paul’s mention of his background as a former Pharisee precisely defines his relationship to the Mosaic Law, as a member of the sect who devoted themselves to its study and application (albeit misguided).  </p>
<p>20)In short he was an expert in the intricacies of the Law.  </p>
<p>21)As a Pharisee, Paul’s extreme zeal for the Law was manifested in his tireless persecution of the early church (Gal. 1:13-14, 23 cf. Acts 8:3, 9:1-2, 22:4, 26:9-11, 1 Cor. 15:9, 1 Tim. 1:13).  </p>
<p>22) Finally, he was “as to the righteousness which is in the Law, found blameless.”  </p>
<p>23) That is, as a zealous Pharisee, Paul had been meticulous in observing the requirements of the Law (e.g. circumcision, Sabbath, dietary restrictions).  </p>
<p>24)The righteousness in view is predicated on the observance of the Law (cf. Rom. 10:3).  </p>
<p>25)Paul’s blamelessness must be understood within the context of “Pharisaical” Judaism.  </p>
<p>26)Within this context, his external conformity to the Law was without fault.  </p>
<p>27)This is in contrast to the righteousness and blamelessness that comes by faith in Jesus Christ and the practical application of Bible doctrine (Luke 1:6, Rom. 5:17, 6:13-20, Phil 3:9).   </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:7-11</strong> But whatever things were gain to me, those things I have counted as loss because of Christ. <sup>8</sup> More than that, I count all things to be loss in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord, because of whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and count them but excrement in order that I may gain Christ, <sup>9</sup> and may be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own derived from <em>the </em>Law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which <em>comes </em>from God on the basis of faith, <sup>10</sup> that I may know Him, and the power of His resurrection and the fellowship of His sufferings, being conformed to His death; <sup>11</sup> in order that I may attain to the resurrection from the dead.  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 7-11:  </p>
<p>1)     Prior to his conversion Paul viewed his ancestry and achievements as an advantage (“gain”).  </p>
<p>2)     However beginning in v. 7, Paul unequivocally renounces these supposed advantages.  </p>
<p>3)     Now he considers these previous advantages as “loss because of Christ.”  </p>
<p>4)     Our term translated “loss” connotes a disadvantage or coming into a worsened straits from a former position of advantage (“zemia”).  </p>
<p>5)     What is being renounced in particular is his blamelessness and ability to achieve righteousness through observance of the Law.  </p>
<p>6)     In v. 8 Paul emphatically re-iterates and expands upon his renunciation.  </p>
<p>7)     He broadens the scope of his renunciation by declaring, “I count <strong>all things</strong> to be loss in view of the surpassing value of knowing Christ Jesus my Lord.”  </p>
<p>8)     “All things” includes the former advantages in vv. 5-6, but certainly implies more.  </p>
<p>9)      Paul probably has in mind everything that those in the world considered to have value (e.g. religious status, material wealth, comforts, social status).  </p>
<p>10)  He currently views all things to be loss when compared with the “surpassing value of knowing Christ.”  </p>
<p>11) His relationship and knowledge of Christ was far superior to anything else in life.  </p>
<p>12)Like Paul, everything else in our life simply doesn’t compare to our relationship and knowledge of Christ.  </p>
<p>13)Additionally, we have the mind of Christ or Divine wisdom to which there is nothing comparable (Job 28:15-19, Psa. 19:10, 119:72, 127, Prov. 8:11, 1 Cor. 2:16).  </p>
<p>14) Some advantages of having wisdom in the soul include: divine viewpoint, Psa. 119:29 cf. Prov. 3:5; control over the OSN, Rom. 6:12-14, Col. 3:8; divine guidance, Rom. 12:2; confidence, Heb. 10:35; joy, James 1:2, 1 John 1:4; peace, Isa. 26:3, Phil. 4:6-7; deliverance, Eph. 6:13-17, 1 Tim. 4:16.  </p>
<p>15)Paul’s relationship with Christ had come with a great personal cost.  </p>
<p>16) He “suffered the loss of all things” because of Christ Jesus.  </p>
<p>17)When Paul made a radical break with Judaism, he was ostracized and persecuted often by his fellow countrymen (Acts 14:19, 18:5ff, 23:12, 2 Cor. 6:4-5, 11:23-27).  </p>
<p>18) As a consequence of his faith in Christ, he forfeited all the advantages that had been his as a Jew (vv. 5-6).  </p>
<p>19) Furthermore, he considered these advantages to be “excrement” (“skubalon”).  </p>
<p>20)This term graphically conveys the worthlessness and futility of his former legalistic observance of the Law in order to gain righteousness.  </p>
<p>21) He willingly and wholeheartedly forfeited all things from his former manner of life with the goal that he might “gain Christ and be found in Him.”  </p>
<p>22) Trying to determine when Paul expects to “gain Christ and be found in Him” is tricky.  </p>
<p>23) The context makes it probable that he is primarily referring to the future “day of Christ” or Rapture (cf. Phil 1:6, 10, 2:16, 3:14).  </p>
<p>24) On the “day of Christ” these goals would become fully realized.  </p>
<p>25) Yet we cannot ignore the implications in the present.  </p>
<p>26) To gain Christ is to appropriate Divine wisdom and knowledge which occurs over a lifetime (Col. 2:3, 6-7).  </p>
<p>27) Additionally Paul’s had already gained Christ and was in Him as result of his saving faith.  </p>
<p>28) He elaborates by contrasting the “old” and “new” sources of righteousness, from the Law and from God respectively (“dikaiosune”).  </p>
<p>29)He desires to gain Christ and be found in Him <strong>not</strong> having a righteousness that was based on observance of the Law.  </p>
<p>30) Observance of the Law does not secure a proper relationship with Christ (or God, cf. Titus 3:5).  </p>
<p>31) Rather, Paul desires the “new” righteousness that he had secured from God on the basis of faith in Christ.  </p>
<p>32) All of this is on the basis of God’s grace (Rom. 5:17, <strong>Ephesians 2:8-9</strong> For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, <em>it is </em>the gift of God; <sup>9</sup> not as a result of works, that no one should boast, <strong>2 Timothy 1:9</strong> who has saved us, and called us with a holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace which was granted us in Christ Jesus from all eternity).  </p>
<p>33) Achieving the old legalistic righteousness was dependant on works, but the new righteousness was dependant on faith apart from the Law.  </p>
<p>34) Paul’s righteousness chiefly reflects his new relationship or position with God.  </p>
<p>35)  Here too the apostle alludes to a basic doctrine associated with salvation, the doctrine of justification.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     To be justified is to be declared absolutely righteous when an individual believes in Christ.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     <strong>Initially</strong> this has nothing to with righteous conduct, but involves one’s position with God (Ph. 1).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     At the point of faith God’s imputes or credits His righteousness to the individual (Gen. 15:6, Rom. 3:21-22, 4:4-11, 9:30-32).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     This is necessary because God is absolute righteousness (often referred to holiness, 1 Sam. 2:2, Isa. 6:3).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       He is completely free of sin in every way (1 John 1:5, 3:5).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    He is righteous in all plans and actions (Deut. 32:4, 2 Sam. 22:31).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     As this is the case, the one who wishes to have a relationship with Him must also be righteous.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      However, apart from salvation, humanity is without this righteousness due to our fallen condition in Adam. Due our very nature we were objects of God’s wrath (Rom. 6:12ff, Eph. 2:3).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Human works of righteousness can never earn this righteousness as Paul has been discussing.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Justification through human works is impossible whether through observance of the Law or any other type of works based system (cf. Isa. 64:6, Gal. 3:10).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Our justification is made possible through Christ’s perfect work on the cross (<strong>Romans 5:8-9</strong> But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. <sup>9</sup> Much more then, having now been justified by His blood, we shall be saved from the wrath <em>of God </em>through Him.).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       If righteousness could be achieved through the observance of the Law, which it cannot, then Christ died needlessly (Gal. 2:21).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Bearing the sins of humanity on the cross, Christ has made salvation and justification a potential for all (Rom. 5:18).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Justification provides the basis for the believer’s eternal inheritance (Titus 3:7).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       In addition to being declared righteous at the point of belief in Christ, there is aspect of justification that deals with the experiential righteousness of the believer in time (Ph. 2).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Believers ought to be engaged in righteous works (i.e. do “righteousness”, Gen. 18:19, Prov. 21:3 cf. <strong>1 Timothy 6:11</strong> But flee from these things, you man of God; and pursue righteousness, godliness, faith, love, perseverance <em>and </em>gentleness., <strong>2 Timothy 2:22</strong> Now flee from youthful lusts, and pursue righteousness, faith, love <em>and </em>peace, with those who call on the Lord from a pure heart.).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Although works are not an issue in a believer’s initial justification, they are required for properly living the Christian life <strong>after</strong> faith in Christ (Eph. 2:10).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Scripture provides guidance and instruction in righteousness (2 Tim. 3:16).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  “Doing” righteousness is manifested by conduct that is in accordance with God’s will.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Further, ph. 2 righteousness is exhibited by the believer through the application of sound doctrine to the circumstances in one’s life whether they are adverse or pleasant.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)   Abraham and Rahab are two examples cited by James (James 2:14-16).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  In this passage, faith refers to faith in sound doctrine and not saving faith in the person of Christ.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)   James’s point is that to merely have faith in sound doctrine without the application of sound is “useless” (v. 20, “argos”).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  To gain the knowledge and understanding of God’s word is only the first step; our knowledge must also be applied to various situations in our lives.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)   The one who boasts of his knowledge of doctrine, but lacks the necessary applications is self-deceived.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(5)  In contrast, Abraham was justified or righteous because he had faith in God’s promises and was willing to carry out the directive to sacrifice Isaac, his only son (vv. 21-23 cf. Gen. 22:15-18).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(6)  Rahab demonstrated her faith in God’s viewpoint by protecting the spies at great personal risk. It was through these acts that she was justified (i.e. declared righteous, v. 25 cf. Josh. 2:1ff).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(7)  Other examples of faith and works (Heb. 11:32-34).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            The practice of righteousness is evidence of one’s faith (1 John 2:29).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         Additionally the practice of righteousness guarantees blessing in this life and eternity (this life: James 1:25, eternity: Eph. 1:3, Heb. 6:10).  </p>
<p>36) In v. 10 Paul returns to the theme of knowing Christ from v. 8.  </p>
<p>37) In order to know Christ, the believer must be a diligent student of the Word of God.  </p>
<p>38)This entails more than simply knowing the historical facts regarding His person and work.  </p>
<p>39) We must endeavor to renew our thinking and approach to life by learning His thinking and emulating His applications (2 Peter 3:18 cf. Rom. 12:2, Eph. 4:23).  </p>
<p>40)This is a process that demands commitment and endurance over the course of one’s life (Eph. 4:13, Gal. 6:9, Heb. 12:3).  </p>
<p>41)     Paul further elaborates on what it means to “know Him.”  </p>
<p>42)     He desires to know experientially “the power of His resurrection.”  </p>
<p>43)      Here Paul refers to the power that comes to him and all believers on the basis of Christ’s resurrection.<a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-includes/js/tinymce/plugins/paste/pasteword.htm?ver=327-1235#_ftn1">[3]</a>  </p>
<p>44)      His resurrection is foundational to the gospel. One cannot separate it from the gospel without denying the person and work of Christ (1 Cor. 15:3-4).  </p>
<p>45)      Christ Himself asserted that He would not be conquered by the power of physical death (Matt. 16:21, 17:9, 22-23, 20:18-19, 26:29, 32, John 2:18-22).  </p>
<p>46)     Further, the reality of Christ’s death, burial, and subsequent bodily resurrection is well attested to in Scripture.  </p>
<p>47)      His death was documented by friendly and hostile witnesses.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The apostle John (John 19:30, 35).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     His disciples (Luke 23:49, 24:18-20).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     His friends and family (Mark 15:40-41).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     The Roman centurion (Mark 15:39).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The large crowd (Luke 23:48).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The leadership of the Jewish nation (Matt. 27:62-66).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     The Roman soldiers that were sent by Pilate to expedite the deaths of the three crucified men (John 19:33-34).  </p>
<p>48)      His burial was documented.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     This aspect, over which Jesus Christ obviously had no control, was the subject of Old Testament prophecy (Isa. 53:9).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Joseph of Arimathea provided a new tomb, eliminating the general method of disposing of the bodies of criminals (Matt. 27:57-60).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The actual burial is recorded in Matthew; it followed the certification of death, the obtaining of the body, the cleaning, and the wrapping of the body in burial wraps (Matt. 27:59-60).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     It was done hurriedly so the Jewish Sabbath, which began at sundown on Friday evening, was not violated (Lk. 23:53-56).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The place of burial was well known to Joseph and the women that followed the body (Matt. 27:60-61).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Joseph sealed the entrance to the tomb with a large stone that was not readily moved (Matt. 27:60).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     The Jews insisted that Pilate post a Roman detail at the entrance of the tomb in order to prevent the disciples from stealing the body and perpetrating the hoax that Jesus had risen from the dead (Matt. 27:65-66).  </p>
<p>49)     His bodily resurrection is incontestable.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     None of the disciples or the women that had followed Jesus Christ throughout His ministry believed in His resurrection before the fact.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       In fact, the disciples were quite antagonistic to His very clear teaching that He would be delivered up to the Jews, be crucified, and raised on the third day (Matt. 16:21-22, Mark 9:9-10, Luke 18:31-34)  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Following His physical death, the disciples had no confidence in His resurrection and were hiding in fear for their lives (Matt. 26:56, John 20:19).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The women that had taken the responsibility for preparing the body for burial went to the tomb early Sunday morning, fully expecting to find the dead body (Mark 16:1-8).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Peter was alone with his shame having no faith in the resurrection of the man he had betrayed (Mark 14:72, 16:7).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     According to the eyewitness testimony of Peter, John, the women, and the Roman guard detail, the grave was empty on Sunday morning. (Matt. 28:11-15, John 20:2-9).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The grave clothes in the tomb are tangible evidence against human tampering.  (John 20:5-6).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     The broken seal and the removal of the massive, guarded stone indicate a superhuman or divine agency (Mark 16:3-4).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Post-resurrection appearances are further proof of the bodily resurrection of Jesus Christ (e.g. Mary Magdalene, John 20:14, His disciples, John 20:19-29, a crowd of 500, 1 Cor. 15:6, Paul, 1 Cor. 15:8 cf. Acts 9:3-6).  </p>
<p>50) These proofs have been advanced, never have been effectively discredited, and are of such a nature as to be called “many, convincing proofs”<strong> </strong>(Acts 1:3).  </p>
<p>51) Christ’s resurrection has both theological and practical ramifications.  </p>
<p>52) He is the first person to be resurrected and therefore has preeminence in all things (1 Cor. 15:20, Col. 1:18, Rev. 1:5).  </p>
<p>53) In relation to our verses, the Divine power that was operative in His resurrection guarantees our own resurrection. Additionally, it forms the basis for confidence in our future inheritance (Rom. 8:11, 16-17, 1 Cor. 15:12-19, 1 Pet. 1:3).  </p>
<p>54) We know with certainty that the final harvest, our resurrection as Church Age believers follows the “first fruits,” Christ’s resurrection (cf. 1 Cor. 6:14).  </p>
<p>55) Besides being operative in his future resurrection, this “power” was also operative in Paul’s life as he fulfilled his apostolic ministry.  </p>
<p>56) Paul was sustained through God’s power via Holy Spirit (2 Cor. 1:8-10, 12:9, Eph. 3:7, 16, 21, Col. 1:29).  </p>
<p>57)     Like Paul, the wise believer will not rely on his own efforts in the AC, but instead be sustained by God’s power.  </p>
<p>58)      For Paul, “knowing Christ” also involves “the fellowship of His sufferings.”  </p>
<p>59)      Put another way, to genuinely “know” Christ the believer must share in the sufferings that Christ experienced.  </p>
<p>60)      The apostle frequently refers to suffering on behalf of Christ as the norm for believers (Rom 8:17, 2 Cor. 1:5, 4:7ff, 1 Thess. 1:6, 3:2-3, Col. 1:24, Phil. 1:29).  </p>
<p>61)      All believers will experience various degrees of suffering and distress.  </p>
<p>62)      We are not exempt or prevented from experiencing suffering over the course of our lives.  </p>
<p>63)     It is a normal part of our existence as believers especially in the last days of the Church Age.  </p>
<p>64)     All believers will suffer tribulations and testing, so it is of great importance for every believer to understand and apply the Divine viewpoint in this area.  </p>
<p>65)     We must not react to suffering with bitterness, negativity, complaining, soul fainting, etc (Heb. 12:3).  </p>
<p>66) As a general principle, dealing with difficult circumstances from the human viewpoint or the OSN will only worsen the situation.  </p>
<p>67)  When we suffer, we must give careful consideration to the possible causes.  </p>
<p>68) We must be absolutely honest when appraising our OSN weaknesses. Do you have trouble with separation? Do you have trouble making it to class? Is your job more important to you than sound doctrine? Are you bored with subject matter currently being taught? Do you fail to see the relevance of biblical truth?  </p>
<p>69)If a believer is not willing to at least recognize his OSN weaknesses, he will not take the proper steps to consistently control them.  </p>
<p>70) Are we weak in the “flesh?” Yes. Are we to make allowances or excuses for sin? No. The fact that one possesses an OSN does not provide grounds to legitimize any sinful activity (cf. Rom. 13:14, Gal. 5:13).  </p>
<p>71) Rather, the focus in Scripture is to cease from sinful activity and combat the OSN (Col. 3:5-10).  </p>
<p>72)If a believer consistently disregards Divine viewpoint and falls into suffering, he must not consider his suffering to be undeserved.  </p>
<p>73)Within the sphere of undeserved suffering, the believer will undergo both abundance and variety of afflictions (e.g. testing with people, Job 2:1-10, Mark 12:13-17, isolation, loneliness 2 Tim. 4:9-16, separation, Matt. 10:34-39, living grace tests, Luke 12:22ff. 1 Cor. 4:11, 2 Cor. 11:27, various temptations from within and from without, Gal. 6:1, James 1:13, 4:1-3).  </p>
<p>74) The adjusted believer recognizes that when faced with suffering on any level, from minor to severe, he must utilize Divine viewpoint and rely on God.  </p>
<p>75) In order for the believer to successfully endure undeserved suffering, he must maintain his focus on Divine viewpoint.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The believer must consistently maintain the FGHS.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The believer must maintain the resolve that he is going to suffer (cf. 1 Peter 1:13).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Additionally, the believer must be willing to suffer (Rom. 12:12, Phil. 1:29, 2 Tim. 2:3-10).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)      We are to emulate Christ through the patient endurance of suffering (<strong>1 Peter 2:20-21</strong> For what credit is there if, when you sin and are harshly treated, you endure it with patience? But if when you do what is right and suffer <em>for it </em>you patiently endure it, this <em>finds </em>favor with God. <sup>21</sup> For you have been called for this purpose, since Christ also suffered for you, leaving you an example for you to follow in His steps,).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     We ought to be diligent in prayer regarding our circumstances. Pray for endurance and deliverance (Heb. 4:15-16, 1 Peter 5:6-7 cf. Psa. 71:2-3, 1 Thess. 5:17).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      We must trust God to resolve our suffering (1 Peter 4:19 cf. Psa. 9:9-10, 28:7).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     As our trust is in God, we ought to have courage in the midst of adverse circumstances (John 16:33).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Maintain inner happiness or joy in the period of suffering (2 Cor. 6:10, Col. 1:24, <strong>James 1:2-3</strong> Consider it all joy, my brethren, when you encounter various trials, <sup>3</sup> knowing that the testing of your faith produces endurance.).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       We must focus on our ph. 3 and recognize that our suffering is only temporary (2 Cor. 4:17).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Maintain inner peace (Phil. 4:6-9, cf. Gal 5:22).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     The believer ought to comforted in the knowledge that other believers in the AC are facing the same suffering (<strong>1 Thessalonians 2:14</strong> For you, brethren, became imitators of the churches of God in Christ Jesus that are in Judea, for you also endured the same sufferings at the hands of your own countrymen, even as they <em>did </em>from the Jews, <strong>1 Peter 5:9</strong> But resist him, firm in <em>your </em>faith, knowing that the same experiences of suffering are being accomplished by your brethren who are in the world.; cf. 2 Cor. 1:7).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       Discard any human viewpoint approach to suffering. Instead rely on the inner resources of sound doctrine (cf. Psa. 119:143, Eph. 3:16-19).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   Suffering renders the believer worthy of God’s kingdom (2 Thess. 1:5).  </p>
<p>76)We must be confident that God’s power will enable us to effectively handle all suffering that we will experience during our time on earth.  </p>
<p>77)For Paul another aspect of knowing Christ and sharing in His sufferings was “being conformed to His death.”  </p>
<p>78) “Being conformed” is in the present tense and indicates that this is an ongoing process in Paul’s life.  </p>
<p>79)This would rule out the phrase as being a reference to martyrdom or a positional identification with Christ’s death, circumstances which occur in the future and past respectively (cf. Rom. 6:3-5).  </p>
<p>80) In connection with his present sufferings, for Paul “being conformed to His death” indicates a willingness to undergo the same sufferings Christ endured which culminated in His death on the cross (cf. 2 Cor. 4:10-12).  </p>
<p>81) Paul has already discussed the willingness and total commitment of Christ to obeying the Father’s will even to death (Phil. 2:5-8).  </p>
<p>82) This ongoing “conformation” for Paul and the Philippians would at the very least include suffering for the Gospel as Christ suffered.  </p>
<p>83) In v. 11 Paul moves from “knowing” Christ in the present to its full realization in the future at his own resurrection in the Rapture of the Church.  </p>
<p>84) Paul is in no way doubting his own resurrection as some interpreters have suggested.  </p>
<p>85)The English translation “In order that I may attain” is literally “if somehow I may attain” and introduces an element of uncertainty  </p>
<p>86) This position cannot be harmonized with the following verses and other clear statements by Paul in other passages (1 Cor. 15:1ff, 1 Thess. 4:15-18, Phil. 3:20-21).  </p>
<p>87) Nor does it seem plausible that he is expressing his uncertainty about whether he would be alive or dead at his resurrection.  </p>
<p>88) To say this would mean that Paul was ignorant of the eschatological realities that would need to be in place immediately preceding the time of the Rapture (e.g. the disposition of the nations in Daniel’s 70<sup>th</sup> week, a sovereign Israel, religious and economic Babylon).  </p>
<p>89)He was under no illusions and understood that his resurrection would occur in the distant future well after his death.  </p>
<p>90) The element of uncertainty has nothing to do with the reality or the timing his resurrection.  </p>
<p>91) Rather it has to do with the quality of his resurrection.  </p>
<p>92) Paul desired to attain to a “better” resurrection. That is a resurrection that included the wreath, the ultimate in eternal reward for those that persevere in their Christian walk (cf. 2 Tim. 4:8, Heb 11:35).  </p>
<p>93) He alludes to this in vv. 12-14 and makes it clear he kept pressing on in order to achieve this goal.  </p>
<p>94) Although this was his goal, it was by no means a certainty (1 Cor. 9:24-27).  </p>
<p>95)Paul was spiritually mature but not complacent. In his thinking there was always room for improvement in one’s Christian walk, therefore, he faithfully worked at it until his death.  </p>
<p>96) The believer must never become complacent or self-satisfied with his level of spiritual growth. Keep growing spiritually.  </p>
<p>97) The astute believer will adopt Paul’s mind set and do whatever it takes to make improvements.  </p>
<p>98) Many believers fall by the wayside for various reasons (e.g. love affair with the world, associations, pursuit of wealth, failure to understand the importance of<br />
Bible doctrine).  </p>
<p>99) As a result many will experience loss and shame (1 Cor. 3:15, 1 John 2:28).  </p>
<p>100) To achieve the highest quality resurrection, we must keep learning and applying until the end of our Christian lives (cf. James 1:12).      </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:12-14</strong> Not that I have already obtained <em>it</em>, or have already become complete, but I continue pressing on in order that I may lay hold of that for which also I was laid hold of by Christ Jesus. <sup>13</sup> Brethren, I do not regard myself as having laid hold of <em>it </em>yet; but one thing <em>I do</em>: forgetting what <em>lies </em>behind and reaching forward to what <em>lies </em>ahead, <sup>14</sup> I continue pressing on toward the goal for the prize of the upward call of God in Christ Jesus  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 12-14:  </p>
<p>1)     Beginning in v. 12, Paul qualifies what he has just said about knowing Christ and a “better” resurrection.  </p>
<p>2)     He doesn’t want any misunderstanding over his own level of spiritual growth.  </p>
<p>3)     Paul explains that he hasn’t “obtained it” nor has he become “complete.”  </p>
<p>4)     Here Paul focuses on his present incomplete spiritual “state.”  </p>
<p>5)     This is not to say that Paul wasn’t spiritually mature. He was, but he recognized that he had more work to do in his Christian walk.  </p>
<p>6)     He was spiritually mature but not completely mature.  </p>
<p>7)     His goal was to “keep pressing on” with the purpose that he might “lay hold of that for which also I was laid hold of by Christ Jesus.”  </p>
<p>8)     “Lay hold of” indicates a sudden, forceful seizure (“katalambano”).  </p>
<p>9)     In a figurative sense, Paul was “laid hold of” in rather dramatic fashion by Christ on the road to Damascus (Acts 9:1ff).  </p>
<p>10)He was laid hold of in order to bear witness of Christ among the nations (Acts 26:16-18).  </p>
<p>11) Further, he was given a gift and office in which to grow, fulfill, and attain spiritual maturity (Rom. 1:1, Col. 1:25).  </p>
<p>12)Although he was incarcerated in Rome he had yet to complete his ministry.  </p>
<p>13) Similarly, we as believers have the responsibility to grow and apply in whatever niche God provides for us (cf. 1 Cor. 12:7, 1 Tim. 4:14).  </p>
<p>14) Like Paul, we were “laid hold of” to grow in sound doctrine and eventually reach spiritual maturity (Col. 1:10, 25 cf. 1 Tim. 2:4).  </p>
<p>15) Paul addresses the Philippians as “brethren” in v. 13 and reaffirms his statements in v. 12.  </p>
<p>16) He still had yet to “lay hold of” of the pinnacle of spiritual growth.  </p>
<p>17)The apostle wasn’t about to relax and stagnate in the pursuit of his goal.  </p>
<p>18) Paul uses the metaphor of a footrace to describe his own Christian life.  </p>
<p>19) First, he forgets “what lies behind.”  </p>
<p>20)“Forgetting” doesn’t involve obliterating the memory of his past.  </p>
<p>21) Instead, it connotes that Paul doesn’t dwell on or get absorbed in the circumstances of the past.  </p>
<p>22) He doesn’t allow the failures in the past, whether pre or post conversion distract him and impede his spiritual progress (e.g. complicity in the murder of believers, arch-enemy of the church, etc., Gal. 1:13).  </p>
<p>23)Like a runner in footrace nearing the finish line, he portrays himself as “reaching forward to what lies ahead.”  </p>
<p>24) “What lies ahead” in the race for Paul in context is the continued refinement of his faith and making up what is deficient in his knowledge of Christ.  </p>
<p>25) The goal of the race is to win the prize which is associated with the upward call of God in Christ Jesus or the Rapture (cf. 2 Cor. 5:10, Rev. 22:12).  </p>
<p>26)The idea he is that he is straining or reaching forward to the utmost in order to be spiritually complete and gain the ultimate prize, the wreath (1 Cor. 9:25, 2 Tim. 4:8).  </p>
<p>27) Paul competed according to the “rules” and was relentless in his pursuit of the prize (cf. 2 Tim. 2:5).  </p>
<p>28) If one fails to play by God’s rules, then the wreath will be forfeited.  </p>
<p>29)We too must keep focused on our present spiritual growth and future attainment of the wreath.  </p>
<p>30) In order to compete in the race of the Christian life, spiritual endurance and proper training in sound doctrine in a local church is essential (Heb. 10:36, 12:1).  </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:15-16</strong> Let us therefore, as many as are mature, have this attitude; and if in anything you have a different attitude, God will reveal that also to you; <sup>16</sup> however, let us keep living by that same <em>standard </em>to which we have attained.  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 15-16:  </p>
<p>1)     “Therefore” indicates a conclusion or inference from what Paul has just discussed.  </p>
<p>2)     Paul exhorts those who are “mature” to have the same mindset.  </p>
<p>3)     That is, to take the same approach to the CWL by forgetting the past and reaching forward to further spiritual growth in order to gain the prize.  </p>
<p>4)     He also expresses his confidence that if anyone thinks differently about this approach or attitude, God will enlighten them.  </p>
<p>5)     The Greek text indicates that there were those who held a different attitude (1<sup>st</sup> class condition).  </p>
<p>6)     Apparently not everyone in Philippi had Paul’s drive and intensity.  </p>
<p>7)     This would not be unusual since as individuals they would’ve been at different levels of spiritual growth.  </p>
<p>8)     Some believers progress faster than others so it takes time for some believers to arrive at the proper doctrinal conclusions.  </p>
<p>9)     However, if they continue to progress spiritually, God reveal to them that this was the correct approach (cf. Peter’s exhortation, 1 Peter 1:13).  </p>
<p>10) Paul gives an additional exhortation, which includes himself, to “keep living” according to the Divine standards that they had learned.  </p>
<p>11) If spiritually mature, one’s manner of life ought to conform to his knowledge of the Truth.  </p>
<p>12) Sound doctrine is the standard for one’s conduct (cf. Titus 2:1, 7, 10).  </p>
<p>13) Collectively the Philippians had made significant progress in their growth.  </p>
<p>14) Regardless of the level of maturity, Paul expects them to apply what they know.  </p>
<p>15) For those of us who have learned Bible doctrine for years, we ought to have an intense commitment to our own spiritual growth.  </p>
<p>16) A greater level of knowledge, demands a higher level of application.  </p>
<p>17) In light of Paul’s attitude, there is always room for improvement in our Christian lives.  </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:17-19</strong> Brethren, keep on becoming fellow-imitators of me, and continue taking careful note of those who are walking according to the pattern you have in us. <sup>18</sup> Because many walk, of whom I often told you, and now tell you even weeping, <em>that they are </em>enemies of the cross of Christ, <sup>19</sup> whose end is ruin, whose god is <em>their </em>appetite, and <em>whose </em>glory is in their shame, who set their minds on earthly things.  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 17-19:  </p>
<p>1)     Paul urges the Philippians to “keep on becoming fellow-imitators of me.”  </p>
<p>2)     As their spiritual role model they were to follow his example in living the CWL.  </p>
<p>3)     His thinking and conduct was based on Godly standards so he set a great example to follow.  </p>
<p>4)     Paul set a great example not just for the Philippians but to others under his charge (1 Cor. 4:14-17, 11:1, 1 Thess. 1:6, 2 Thess. 3:7-9).  </p>
<p>5)     He consistently practiced the Bible doctrine that he taught.  </p>
<p>6)     Similarly, the p-t may also serve as a positive role model:  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     In testing and hardship (2 Tim. 4:2-5).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     In Godly conduct (1 Tim. 4:12).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In the commitment to the expository teaching of Scripture (1 Tim. 4:13-16).  </p>
<p>7)     Paul further urges them to “continue taking careful note” of those who were living according to the pattern set by himself and his associates (e.g. Timothy).  </p>
<p>8)     As a practical application, believers ought to take note and develop friendships with other believers that consistently follow doctrinal principles.  </p>
<p>9)     In contrast Paul points out that there are many who walk or live their lives in opposition to God and His plan.  </p>
<p>10) He refers to these types as “enemies of the cross of Christ.”  </p>
<p>11) These enemies were apparently at some point spiritually stable, but not anymore.  </p>
<p>12) Paul had spoken often to the Philippians of these anonymous individuals.  </p>
<p>13) It certainly caused him considerable anguish to see these believers who in the past adhered to the Truth, but had now become enemies of Christ and facing spiritual “ruin” (cf. Acts 20:29-30, Gal. 5:7-10).  </p>
<p>14) Spiritual ruin is not loss of salvation, but shame and loss at the judgment seat of Christ (1 Cor. 3:15,<strong> </strong><strong>1 John 2:28</strong> And now, little children, abide in Him, so that when He appears, we may have confidence and not shrink away from Him in shame at His coming).  </p>
<p>15) He reveals some contributing factors to their spiritual ruin:  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     “Whose god is their appetite” indicates indulging OSN desires (cf. Rom. 16:18).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     “Whose glory is in their shame” reveals that they exulted in activities that should have been shameful or disgraceful to them (e.g. illicit financial gain cf. 1 Peter 5:2, sensuality, 2 Peter 2:2, personal approbation cf. 1 Thess. 2:6, friendships with those in the world, James 4:4).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     “Who set their minds on earthly things” means their thinking was fixated on worldly matters (e.g. pursuit of “things,” 1 John 2:15).  </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 3:20-21</strong> For our homeland is in the heavens, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ; <sup>21</sup> who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory, by the exertion of the power that He has even to subject all things to Himself.  </p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 20-21:  </p>
<p>1)     Paul portrays a sharp contrast between the “enemies” with their worldly focus in the preceding verse and the adjusted believer with a heavenly focus.  </p>
<p>2)     The Greek word translated “homeland” indicates the place of citizenship, one’s homeland or state (“politeuma”).  </p>
<p>3)     Here Paul indicates that our “homeland” exists in the heavens (i.e. the 3<sup>rd</sup> heaven and eventually the New Jerusalem).  </p>
<p>4)     In contrast to those focused on the world, believers ought to be focused on heavenly matters (Col. 3:1-2).  </p>
<p>5)     We must guard against becoming stained or negatively influenced by the world in which we live (Col. 2:8, James 1:27).  </p>
<p>6)     As we are aliens in the world we should not indulge worldly whims (1 Peter 2:11).  </p>
<p>7)     We like Paul and the Philippians ought to eagerly wait for the coming of Christ at the Rapture (Rom. 8:23, 1 Thess. 1:10, Heb. 9:28).  </p>
<p>8)     Paul further explains at that point Christ will transform the believer’s physical body into a glorified, resurrection body (1 Cor. 15:51-57).  </p>
<p>9)     He will accomplish this through the working of His Divine power.  </p>
<p>10) The same power which created and currently sustains “all things” in the universe will perform this amazing transformation (Col. 1:16-17, Heb. 1:1-3).  </p>
<p>11) In the words of the apostle John, “Amen. Come, Lord Jesus!”  </p>
<p>End: Chapter 3  </p>
<p><span style="text-decoration: underline;">Additonal notes:  </span></p>
<p><strong>&#8220;Pressing on Towards The Goal&#8221;</strong>  </p>
<p>1)     At the point of saving faith the believer becomes a new creation (2 Cor. 5:17, Gal. 6:15).  </p>
<p>2)     It was Christ who first taught the new relationship which believers have with Him in this age (John 14:20).  </p>
<p>3)     Our position in Christ constitutes a new beginning, neutralizing the long-term effects of our position in Adam (1 Corinthians 15:22 “For as in Adam all die, so also in Christ all shall be made alive.”).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     “In Adam” is the current position of every unbeliever.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     This position in Adam is the result of the imputation of Adam&#8217;s original sin to the indwelling OSN at physical birth, resulting in spiritual death (Rom. 5:14-21).  </p>
<p>4)     Additionally our union in Christ replaces spiritual death with eternal life and guarantees future resurrection of the body (Rom. 6:23, 1 Thess. 4:13-16).  </p>
<p>5)     However, our position in Christ doesn’t guarantee the believer experiential victory over the OSN, Satan or the world (1 Cor. 3:1 cf. Col. 1:22-23).  </p>
<p>6)     Successfully overcoming one&#8217;s OSN in order to press on towards the goal in Ph. 2 depends upon positive volition to the intake and application of Bible doctrine.  </p>
<p>7)     The goal is to reach spiritual maturity and gain the wreath.  </p>
<p>8)     Based on our position in Christ, we should think and act in a manner to achieve this end.  </p>
<p>9)     Pressing on towards this goal requires self-discipline, desire, training, and application in one’s CWL.  </p>
<p>10) The believer must break with the past and the things of this world bearing in mind that we are now citizens of the heavenly realm (<strong>Philippians 3:20</strong> For our citizenship is in the heavens, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ, 1 Peter 1:14, 2 Peter 1:1-9).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Break with worldly behavior or former conduct (e.g. drunkenness, Rom. 13:13, Eph. 5:18, fornication/adultery, 1 Pet. 4:3, Heb. 13:4, greed etc., Eph. 5:3ff).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Break with worldly people or negative associations (Prov. 13:20, <strong>1 Corinthians 15:33</strong> Do not be deceived: &#8220;Bad company corrupts good morals.&#8221;).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Some examples:  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Unbelievers (2 Cor. 6:14 cf. Judges 14:1-4).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       An adulterous/sexually promiscuous woman (Prov. 5:1-8, 6:32, 7:1ff).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    A believer involved in sexual sin (1 Cor. 5:1-2).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  A believer who causes strife in the local church (Rom. 16:17-18).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The believer who refuses to work (2 Thess. 3:6ff).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Bad tempered individuals (Prov. 22:24-25).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  Close family members (Matt. 10:34-37).  </p>
<p>11)Of fundamental importance is that God has prescribed certain training methods in Scripture to win the race of the CWL.  </p>
<p>12)In order to achieve the goal, it is imperative that the believer maintains a consistent training regimen by attending a local church and acquiring the knowledge of sound doctrine (Heb. 10:25 cf. Col. 1:9-10).  </p>
<p>13) If we follow these methods, then we can run a strong race and gain the wreath.  </p>
<p>14)Yet many believers are ignorant or choose to disregard God’s simple and effective regimen.  </p>
<p>15) Many stray from the fundamentals and opt to develop or adopt their own training regimens.  </p>
<p>16)These self-developed training regimens are usually based on what is the most convenient or least challenging to the believer (cf. 2 Tim. 4:3).  </p>
<p>17) Attending Bible class and learning is made to fit in around other activities.  </p>
<p>18)Evidently, many believers take the attitude that Bible class and doctrine are practicable only when they can find the time.  </p>
<p>19)This type of improper training compromises the ability of the believer to press on and gain the wreath.  </p>
<p>20) Instead of gaining strength, the believer is weakened and easily blown about by “every wind of doctrine” (Eph. 4:14 cf. 1 Tim. 1:18-20).  </p>
<p>21)Further, such an attitude demonstrates ambivalence towards God’s plan and His word.  </p>
<p>22) We must not disregard the fundamental importance God’s word.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     All Scripture is “God-breathed” and profitable. Therefore it demands careful study on the part of every believer (<strong>2 Timothy 3:16-17</strong> All Scripture is God-breathed and is profitable for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for training in righteousness; <sup>17</sup> that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     An understanding of His word is essential for the believer who hopes to understand God’s plan and adjust to His directive will.  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In addition to being saved, it is His directive will that all men gain a complete knowledge of the truth contained in the Bible (1 Tim. 2:3-4).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     The efficacy of His word is declared in Scripture (Psa. 19:7-10, 1 Thess. 2:13, Heb. 4:12, 1 Peter 1:23).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Its importance is stressed in numerous passages (e.g. Deut. 8:3, Josh. 1:7-8, Phil. 2:16, Titus 1:8).  </p>
<p>23) The bottom line…Regardless of how sincere or committed a believer may appear, without consistent attendance and the study of Bible doctrine, a believer’s spiritual growth will be hindered.  </p>
<p>24) Quite simply there is no substitute for the proper training in the CWL.</p>
<p>25) It is therefore of utmost importance that the believer assemble in a local church that is committed to the in-depth study of Scripture.</p>
<p>26) The pastor-teacher of the local church must be adequately trained in order to study in the original languages (Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Through the ministry of God the Holy Spirit a p-t is placed with believers in a particular geographical niche (cf. Acts 20:28, 1 Peter 5:3 also the analogy of the shepherd and sheepfold, John 10:2-3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The p-t is restricted to a particular geographical area (i.e. “kanon” trans. in Eng. as “sphere,” cf. 2 Cor. 10:13-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The biblical model doesn’t support denominations, the exchange of pulpits, or a plurality of p-t’s in a local church (cf. John 10:3-6, Rev. 2:1- a single “messenger” per LC). </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     He also must be armed with the correct hermeneutic principles, extracting the content of the Bible through the literal, historical method of interpretation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Emphasis is placed on careful study, teaching, refutation of human/demonic viewpoint, rebuke and exhortation (1 Tim. 4:13, 2 Tim. 2:2, 15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The p-t’s task is to communicate the full counsel of the word of God (Acts 20:27).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     He is to do this without fear of ridicule or confrontation. In carrying out his responsibilities, the communicator must seek to please God and not men (cf. Jer. 1:5-19, Ezek. 2:3-7, 1 Thess. 2:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     The proper teaching of Bible doctrine will reveal issues to the believer that may be hidden, due to ignorance or rejection of the truth.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       This is best accomplished by teaching in a verse by verse format.</p>
<p>27) The responsibility of the believer is to listen and learn sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     In order to understand Bible doctrine, the believer must depend upon the indwelling/filling ministry of the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     He is the ultimate teacher of Bible doctrine for the believer that is in fellowship (1 Cor. 2:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Like the Bereans, the believer must carefully examine what is being taught (Acts 17:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Each believer must give the information a fair and impartial hearing, in fellowship.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     This manifests true humility (James 1:19-21).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The aim is to listen attentively and evaluate the content of the teaching.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     One must not be too quick to form a conclusion without hearing and reflecting on all the relevant details (Prov. 18:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Some pitfalls that we have to guard against while in Bible class include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       No FGHS.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Lack of concentration</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Lack of introspection (i.e. apply what is being taught to oneself).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  View refutation, rebuke, and exhortation as a personal attack and therefore reject the information.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Refuse to accept the information because it is contrary to the accepted beliefs and norms of the world.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Ideally the believer will apply faith towards the Bible doctrine (cf. Heb. 11:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       As the believer applies faith or believes sound doctrine, he re-programs his thinking with the Divine viewpoint of life.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     The goal is to replace our ingrained human viewpoint with God’s wisdom (Deut. 6:5-10, Prov. 3:3, 4:4-5, Eph. 4:22-23, James 3:14-17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       Over time the believer who thoroughly learns the truth is transformed and develops a different outlook on life (e.g. Paul).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   One’s thinking that was once dominated by earthly concerns is now set on the things above and being pleasing to God (cf. Luke 12:16ff, Phil. 3:18-20, Col. 3:1-2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)     In the last days the believer is bombarded with an incredible amount of evil through various mediums (e.g. print, internet, lectures, etc.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">o)     Therefore we must be very careful to discriminate between what constitutes human viewpoint and what is in accordance with divine viewpoint.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">p)     Under the FGHS and armed with sound doctrine, the believer is enabled to judge wisely between facts and conditions without being swayed by personal prejudice, emotion or other outside factors (e.g. principles of worldly wisdom, Col. 2:23).</p>
<p>28) In addition to listening and learning, it is also critical that the believer applies the sound doctrine that is learned (i.e. good works).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     As a part of His training regimen, God has decreed from eternity past that believers need to participate in good works (<strong>Ephesians 2:10</strong> For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works, which God prepared beforehand, that we should walk in them).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Apart from good works, pressing on to spiritual maturity is impossible (Luke 8:15, Col. 1:9-10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     God will, through His grace, supply all that is necessary for every believer to excel in the various good works (2 Cor. 9:8-10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Our good works will be the basis for our eternal rewards that are administered at the Bema seat (1 Cor. 3:12-15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     We ought to focus on every opportunity that comes our way.</p>
<p>29) Like Paul we need to forget what lies behind and reach forward in our spiritual growth.</p>
<p>30)If we train according to God’s regimen then we will grow stronger spiritually and eventually attain the ultimate prize, the wreath (James 1:12).</p>
<p>31) Those that do will certainly not be disappointed in God’s reward (cf. <strong>1 Corinthians 2:9</strong> but just as it is written, &#8220;Things which eye has not seen and ear has not heard, And <em>which </em>have not entered the heart of man, All that God has prepared for those who love Him.&#8221;, <strong>2 Corinthians 4:17-18</strong> For momentary, light affliction is producing for us an eternal weight of glory far beyond all comparison, <sup>18</sup> while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen; for the things which are seen are temporal, but the things which are not seen are eternal).</p>
<hr size="1" /><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-includes/js/tinymce/plugins/paste/pasteword.htm?ver=327-1235#_ftnref1">[1]</a> Gordon D. Fee, The New International Commentary on the New Testament, Paul’s Letter to the Philippians (Grand Rapids, MI: William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, 1995), 295.  </p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-includes/js/tinymce/plugins/paste/pasteword.htm?ver=327-1235#_ftnref2">[2]</a> Flavius Josephus, The Works of Josephus Complete and Unabridged, The Wars of the Jews, II, viii, 2, trans. William Whiston (Peabody, Massachusetts: Hendrickson Publishers, 1987), 605.  </p>
<p><a href="http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/wp-includes/js/tinymce/plugins/paste/pasteword.htm?ver=327-1235#_ftnref1">[3]</a> Fee, The New International Commentary on the New Testament, Paul’s Letter to the Philippians, 329.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-3/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
		<item>
		<title>Philippians 2</title>
		<link>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-2</link>
		<comments>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-2#comments</comments>
		<pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2010 21:52:02 +0000</pubDate>
		<dc:creator></dc:creator>
				<category><![CDATA[New Testament notes]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Philippians]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Christ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[humility]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[kenosis]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[like-minded]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[witness]]></category>

		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/?p=165</guid>
		<description><![CDATA[Paul begins the chapter with an appeal for corporate unity among the Philippian believers. He instructs them to refrain from being selfish and instead, have a mindset of humility toward one another. The apostle holds up Christ, the glorified God-Man, as the ultimate example of humility. Following the remarkable Christological passage, Paul gives various directives and then provides news regarding Timothy and Epaphroditus.]]></description>
				<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Philippians 2:1-4</strong> If therefore there is any comfort in Christ, if there is any consolation provided by love, if there is any fellowship of the Spirit, if any affection and compassion, <sup>2</sup> make my joy complete by being like-minded, maintaining the same love, being one in spirit and purpose<sup> 3</sup> Do nothing from selfishness or empty conceit, but with humility of mind let each of you regard one another as more important than himself; <sup>4</sup> do not <em>merely </em>look out for your own personal interests, but also for the interests of others.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 1-4:</p>
<p>1)     By the “therefore” Paul links what he is about to say with vv. 27-30.</p>
<p>2)     That is, it refers back to the main issue of living as citizens worthy of the gospel of Christ by standing firm in the Spirit, striving together with unity, refusing to be intimidated by the opposition, and suffering in their niche.</p>
<p>3)     V. 1 contains a series of four conditional clauses, each beginning with “if.”</p>
<p>4)     Although not evident in the English translation each clause sets forth a particular condition in the Greek.</p>
<p>5)     In our verse Paul uses the so-called 1<sup>st</sup> class condition which affirms the reality of each condition.</p>
<p>6)     It’s important to understand that the translation “if” doesn’t introduce an element of doubt, but is actually the equivalent of an affirmative statement.</p>
<p>7)     Paul is affirming that the Philippians already had encouragement, consolation, fellowship of the spirit, affection, and compassion.</p>
<p>8)     Hence the sense of the first clause is “If therefore there is any encouragement in Christ, and there is…”</p>
<p>9)     Furthermore the “encouragement” is said to be “in Christ” which indicates in part that this encouragement is derived from their union with Christ.</p>
<p>10)The word translated “encouragement” is primarily used three different ways (paraklesis).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     It may refer to the act of emboldening another in belief or conduct so encouragement or exhortation (1 Thess. 2:3, 1 Tim. 4:13, Heb 12:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     It means a strong appeal or request (2 Cor. 8:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In other passages it means comfort, the lifting of another’s spirits (2 Cor. 7:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     It is the latter meaning that better fits this context, especially when immediately following Paul’s previous statements about suffering (<strong>Philippians 1:29-2:1</strong> For to you it has been granted for Christ&#8217;s sake, not only to believe in Him, but also to suffer for His sake, <sup>30</sup> experiencing the same conflict which you saw in me, and now hear <em>to be </em>in me.<strong>2:1</strong> If therefore there is any comfort in Christ…”).</p>
<p>11) As the Philippians (and Paul) would suffer for Christ, so they would also receive comfort or uplifting through Christ (cf. 2 Cor. 1:5).</p>
<p>12) The second clause reads, “if there is any consolation provided by love…”</p>
<p>13) Our term “consolation” refers to that which offers encouragement, alleviation or consolation (paramuthion).</p>
<p>14)The primary sense of this term is consolation in the midst of suffering or even alleviation of suffering. </p>
<p>15)Paul indicates that “consolation” is afforded or provided by “love” (agape).</p>
<p>16)However the question arises by whose love? Paul doesn’t specify, but contextually some options include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The “love” the Philippians manifested toward one another (Phil. 1:9, a fruit of the FGHS, Gal. 5:22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The mutual “love” between Paul and the Philippians.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Both parties followed God’s directive will to love one another (1 Peter 1:22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Various ways we can express love for each other as believers:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  Exercise patience and forbearance (Eph 4:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  Avoid showing partiality (James 2:8-9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  Make sacrifices for each other (1 John 3:16-18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)  Address needs in LC through application (Gal. 5:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(5)  Be gentle and humble when helping another believer to spiritually recover (Gal. 6:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     God’s “love” as expressed towards the Philippians and Paul in their current struggles (cf. Rom. 5:5, 8:38-39).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       God possesses an affinity for the positive maturing believer (1 Sam. 13:14, John 15:14, James 2:23 cf. 2 Chron 20:7, Isa. 41:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    In general God’s love is expressed towards believers in the following ways:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  All believers are in union with Christ at the point of saving faith (1 Cor. 12:13, Gal. 3:26-28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  All the recipients of His love for us as His children due to our position in Jesus Christ (Eph. 1:5-6 cf. John 16:27).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  Bear in mind however that not all believers share the same amount of temporal and eternal blessings due to differences in spiritual growth and willingness to apply (Matt. 13:1-8 cf. 1 Cor. 3:11-15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)  Divine discipline is an expression of love (Heb. 12:6, Rev. 3:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(5)  Ultimate vindication in ph. 3 (Rev. 3:9).</p>
<p>17) Regardless of option, being the object of another’s “love,” whether from God or another believer, can bring consolation to one who is suffering.</p>
<p>18)We ought to be ready and willing to console another believer who is suffering through difficult circumstances.</p>
<p>19) Do not take a wait and see, hands-off approach, get involved and determine if there any way to apply towards them (in addition to prayer, Job 2:11). </p>
<p>20) God’s word is a primary source of consolation for the struggling believer (<strong>Psalm 119:50-52</strong> This is my comfort in my affliction, That Your word has revived me. <sup>51</sup> The arrogant utterly deride me, <em>Yet </em>I do not turn aside from Your law. <sup>52</sup> I have remembered Your ordinances from of old, O LORD, And comfort myself, Rom. 15:4).</p>
<p>21) He is attentive to the suffering of the positive or righteous believer (Psa. 34:17-19).</p>
<p>22)When offering consolation to a fellow believer, offer encouragement that is biblically grounded (Eph. 4:29).</p>
<p>23) Offering words of human viewpoint is inappropriate and is doing a great disservice to your brother or sister in Christ.</p>
<p>24) Again, we express love for one another by seeking to benefit and edify each other, especially in our spiritual lives.</p>
<p>25) Human viewpoint or wisdom doesn’t edify.</p>
<p>26) Moreover, we are directed to renew our thinking with the Divine viewpoint of life, trying to attain to a complete knowledge of God.</p>
<p>27)Instead such “worldly” encouragement corrupts and may become a stumbling block to the one whom we try to console (Eph. 5:6, Col. 2:8 cf. <strong>Matthew 16:21-23</strong> From that time Jesus Christ began to show His disciples that He must go to Jerusalem, and suffer many things from the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and be raised up on the third day. <sup>22</sup> And Peter took Him aside and began to rebuke Him, saying, &#8220;God forbid <em>it</em>, Lord! This shall never happen to You.&#8221; <sup>23</sup> But He turned and said to Peter, &#8220;Get behind Me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to Me; for you are not setting your mind on God&#8217;s interests, but man&#8217;s.&#8221;).</p>
<p>28) Paul affirms in the third clause, “If there is any fellowship of the Spirit …”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The word “fellowship” occurred in 1:5 where it is translated “participation” (koinonia, revised trans: “close partnership”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Here the term indicates a close relationship, association or fellowship.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In other passages it is used of the close fellowship of believers with one another (Acts 2:42, Gal. 2:9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Take note that this close relationship or fellowship is among fellow citizens of heaven and not unbelievers (2 Cor. 6:14 cf. of unbelievers, <strong>John 8:44</strong> &#8220;You are of <em>your </em>father the devil, and you want to do the desires of your father. He was a murderer from the beginning, and does not stand in the truth, because there is no truth in him. Whenever he speaks a lie, he speaks from his own <em>nature</em>; for he is a liar, and the father of lies.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     However, here we have the “fellowship” linked with “the Spirit.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Some interpreters understand “spirit” to mean “spirit” or “mind.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Therefore they understand “fellowship of the spirit” to refer to some type of “spiritual fellowship” among the believers in Philippi.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Yet the term “fellowship” used in the NT conjunction with believer conveys the idea of “spiritual fellowship.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Hence the addition “of the spirit” is redundant and unnecessary.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       “Spirit” in this verse refers back to the same “Spirit” in which the Philippians were “standing firm” 1:27, namely the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     As believers their fellowship in the “Spirit” began at salvation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       At salvation they were each born again and permanently indwelled by God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor. 3:16, 2 Tim 1:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The indwelling is an automatic, instantaneous process when one exercises saving faith (Gal. 3:2, 5, 14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    This is also referred to as an “anointing” (1 John 2:20, 27).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  This happens for everyone who believes in Jesus Christ during our current dispensation, the Church Age.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)    By virtue of being believers, the Philippians had fellowship with the same Spirit (<strong>1 Corinthians 12:7, 13</strong> <sup>7</sup> But to each one is given the manifestation of the Spirit for the common good…<sup> 13</sup> For by one Spirit we were all baptized into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free, and we were all made to drink of one Spirit., <strong>2 Corinthians 13:14</strong> The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit, be with you all., <strong>Ephesians 2:18</strong> for through Him we both have our access in one Spirit to the Father, <strong>Ephesians 4:4</strong> <em>There is </em>one body and one Spirit, just as also you were called in one hope of your calling;).</p>
<p>29) In the final clause, the apostle states, “If any affection and compassion.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The word translated “affection” literally refers to the intestines or internal organs of the body (splagchnon, e.g. heart, lungs, liver, kidneys,<strong> Acts 1:18</strong> Now this man acquired a field with the price of his wickedness; and falling headlong, he burst open in the middle and all his <strong>bowels</strong> gushed out).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Metaphorically, the word refers to the seat of the feelings, emotions, and affections (<strong>Philippians 1:8</strong> For God is my witness, how I long for you all with the <strong>affection</strong> of Christ Jesus, <strong>Philemon 1:7</strong> For I have come to have much joy and comfort in your love, because the <strong>hearts</strong> of the saints have been refreshed through you, brother.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Paul has already made clear his own “affection” for the Philippians in 1:8.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     In our verse it’s evident that the “affection” was reciprocal.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Moreover this affection was also reciprocated among the believers in Philippi.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      In a normal royal family relationship, “affection” for one another is to be expected (2 Cor. 7:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     A lack of affection is a telltale sign of spiritual maladjustment (1 John 3:17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     In addition to “affection” they also possessed “compassion.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       They displayed a genuine concern or compassion for one another as they faced opposition in Philippi, but they also had a genuine concern for the apostle in Rome.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Following their lead, we ought to have a genuine concern for one another, especially for a believer who is enduring various struggles (Col. 3:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     As we show mercy and compassion towards others, we manifest one of our Father’s traits (2 Cor. 1:3).</p>
<p>30) Following his affirmations about the Philippians, Paul begins v. 2 with the exhortation, “make my joy complete.”</p>
<p>31) The Philippians were already a source of joy to Paul (<strong>Philippians 1:3-4</strong> I thank my God in all my remembrance of you, <sup>4</sup> always offering prayer with joy in my every prayer for you all, <strong>Philippians 1:25</strong> And convinced of this, I know that I shall remain and continue with you all for your progress and joy in the faith, <strong>Philippians 4:1</strong> Therefore, my beloved brethren whom I long <em>to see</em>, my joy and crown, so stand firm in the Lord, my beloved).</p>
<p>32) Nevertheless he urges them to complete his joy and indicates how that might be accomplished, namely “by being of the same mind” (lit: “You think the same”).</p>
<p>33) Although the imperative is in the form of a strong personal appeal to complete <strong>his</strong> joy, Paul’s primary concern is for <strong>their</strong> unified spiritual progress.</p>
<p>34) Here Paul refers to a certain way of looking at life, people, and circumstances.</p>
<p>35) It is his desire that they look at things in the same biblical manner thereby “being like-minded” (cf. 2 Cor. 13:11).</p>
<p>36)Paul’s appeal must not be lost on believers today.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)      In a time when evil and false doctrine is proliferating worldwide, there is an ever greater need for us to be like-minded with principles of sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)      We must resist setting our minds on the things of the flesh and instead set our minds on heavenly things (e.g. goals and aspirations that are in accordance with sound doctrine, Rom. 8:5, Phil. 3:15, Col. 3:2).   </p>
<p>37) If we at FBC hope to be successful and overcome the various pressures in our Christian life, we must be “like-minded” about sound doctrine.</p>
<p>38) Unity in the truth of Divine viewpoint is critical.</p>
<p>39) There are many key areas in Scripture that we ought to have the same outlook.</p>
<p>40) Some basic areas include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Salvation</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Attained by faith in Christ and none other (Acts 4:12, Eph 2:8-9, Titus 3:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Salvation is eternal (<strong>John 3:16</strong>&#8220;For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish, but have <strong>eternal</strong> life.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Biblical anthropology</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Humans possess a body and soul (Matt. 10:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    In addition, to a body and soul, believers also possess a human spirit (1 Thess. 5:23).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The body is material while both the soul and human spirit are immaterial (Gen. 2:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  As a consequence of the Fall, every child born into the human race is born spiritually dead and in need of a new birth (John 3:3, Rom. 5:12, 17-18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The Old Sin Nature</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Everyone is born with an OSN as a part of our genetic makeup (Psa. 51:5, Eph. 2:3, 1 John 2:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    It is not eradicated following one’s salvation (Rom. 7:7ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  It may be controlled by exercising biblical discernment and through the filling ministry of God the Holy Spirit (Rom. 13:14, Eph. 3:16, <strong>Galatians 5:24-25</strong> Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires. <sup>25</sup> If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  It is distinct from the soul (1 Peter 2:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Sound doctrine, the Word of God, or Scripture</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       It is comprised of the sixty-six books of the Old and New Testaments.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    It is wholly inspired by God (2 Sam. 23:2-3, 2 Tim. 3:16-17- literally “God-breathed”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Sound doctrine contains no error or distortion of any kind (Prov. 8:6-9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The supreme importance of Bible doctrine is portrayed in the fact that God has exalted His word above His own reputation, both of which are interconnected (Psa. 138:2-“according to” is “above”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Obedience to God’s word determines blessing and cursing in one’s life (cf. Deut. 30:11-18)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  It is God’s sovereign and directive will that all men come to a full knowledge of the entire realm of Bible doctrine (1 Tim. 2:3-4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vii)            Divine wisdom is of incomparable value (Prov. 8:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">viii)         Acquire it (Prov. 4:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ix)  Whatever you have to sacrifice to get it, do it.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     The local church</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       It is the biblically mandated environment where the believer might be taught sound doctrine by a qualified pastor/teacher (1 Tim. 3:15 cf. Rom. 16:4, Col. 4:15-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Consistent attendance is commanded (<strong>Hebrews 10:23-25</strong> Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful; <sup>24</sup> and let us consider how to stimulate one another to love and good deeds, <sup>25</sup> <strong>not forsaking our own assembling together, as is the habit of some, but encouraging <em>one another</em>; and all the more,</strong> as you see the day drawing near.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  The leadership is composed of pastor-teachers and deacons (Phil. 1:1, 1 Tim. 3:2ff, Titus 1:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  The pastor-teacher or “overseer” is established by God the Holy Spirit (Acts 20:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Believers are said to be “allotted” to the charge of a pastor-teacher (1 Peter 5:1-3, technical usage of “elders”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Pastor-teacher</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Must have adequate training with an emphasis in the original languages.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Must be a male.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Must be diligent and communicate sound doctrine (<strong>1 Timothy 4:13-16</strong> Until I come, give attention to the <em>public </em>reading <em>of Scripture</em>, to exhortation and teaching. <sup>14</sup> Do not neglect the spiritual gift within you, which was bestowed upon you through prophetic utterance with the laying on of hands by the presbytery. <sup>15</sup> Take pains with these things; be <em>absorbed </em>in them, so that your progress may be evident to all. <sup>16</sup> Pay close attention to yourself and to your teaching; persevere in these things; for as you do this you will insure salvation both for yourself and for those who hear you.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Must teach the realm of sound doctrine (cf Paul’s example: <strong>Acts 20:20</strong> …how I did not shrink from declaring to you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly and from house to house,<strong> Acts 20:26-27</strong> &#8220;Therefore I testify to you this day, that I am innocent of the blood of all men. <sup>27</sup> &#8220;For I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole purpose of God.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Primary responsibility is to spiritually equip the believers under his charge (Eph. 4:11-12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Good works, Divine good</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Good works are unrelated to salvation (<strong>Ephesians 2:8-9</strong> For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, <em>it is </em>the gift of God; <sup>9</sup> not as a result of works, that no one should boast).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    However, following salvation, it is God’s directive will that believers participate in good works (<strong>Ephesians 2:10</strong> For we are His workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for [the purpose of] good works, which God prepared beforehand, that we should walk in them., 1 Tim. 6:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  They are required of every believer (Titus 3:1, 8, 14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Scripture emphasizes the overt application of the believer and not what he thinks or says (James 1:25, 2:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Spiritual gifts</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)     Each believer has at least one gift bestowed at salvation by God the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Use it, don’t neglect it.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Furthermore, use it for the benefit of your fellow believers in the local church.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Biblical separation and the believer</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Close friendships or fellowship with unbelievers is forbidden (<strong>2 Corinthians 6:14-18</strong> Do not be bound together with unbelievers; for what partnership have righteousness and lawlessness, or what fellowship has light with darkness? <sup>15</sup>Or what harmony has Christ with Belial, or what has a believer in common with an unbeliever? <sup>16</sup> Or what agreement has the temple of God with idols? For we are the temple of the living God; just as God said, &#8220;I will dwell in them and walk among them; And I will be their God, and they shall be My people. <sup>17</sup> &#8220;Therefore, come out from their midst and be separate,&#8221; says the Lord. &#8220;And do not touch what is unclean; And I will welcome you. <sup>18</sup> &#8220;And I will be a father to you, And you shall be sons and daughters to Me,&#8221; Says the Lord Almighty.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Close friendships or fellowship with believers who are spiritually maladjusted is also forbidden (<strong>Romans 16:17</strong>Now I urge you, brethren, keep your eye on those who cause dissensions and hindrances contrary to the teaching which you learned, and turn away from them., 1 Cor. 5:9-13, 2 Thess. 3:6-15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Biblical separation frequently results in persecution for the believer. Nevertheless it is God’s directive will (<strong>2 Timothy 3:12</strong> And indeed, all who desire to live godly in Christ Jesus will be persecuted.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(1)  As a general principle, when we apply sound doctrine, we ought to expect a certain amount of opposition and in some cases, outright animosity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(2)  Remember the example of our Lord and consider how the world hated Him and His teaching.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(3)  As His “disciples” we will receive the same treatment at the hands of the world (John 15:18-20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">(4)  We ought to rejoice in our sufferings for the cause of Christ (Matt. 5:10-12 cf. Phil. 1:29, 3:8, Col. 1:24).</p>
<p>41)Paul has just expressed his desire that the Philippians be like-minded.</p>
<p>42) After expressing his desire, he elaborates how the Philippians might be “like-minded.”</p>
<p>43) Put another way, how were they to be like-minded?</p>
<p>44)What qualities ought they to exhibit?</p>
<p>45) First they could demonstrate their like-mindedness by “maintaining the same love.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)      Maintaining the same love for what or for whom?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The context indicates that they ought to exhibit love for one another.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Our word “love” is the same we’ve encountered in our study up to this point (agape, 1:9, 16, 2:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     It is the same “love” that is a fruit of the filling of God the Holy Spirit (<strong>Galatians 5:22-23</strong> But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, <sup>23</sup> gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     It is the type of love is expressed by seeking the benefit of others, and is not primarily based on emotion or affection.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Like the Philippians, believers are to have a mutual love for one another (1 Thess. 4:9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     This type of love motivated Christ to lay down His life for us (<strong>1 John 3:16</strong> We know love by this, that He laid down His life for us; and we ought to lay down our lives for the brethren.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Simply, the characteristics  of “agape” love include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Filling of God the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Seeks to benefit fellow believers and others.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)   According to God’s standards.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Proper object and motive (e.g. love is expressed by forgiving the offence of a fellow believer).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Expressed by application not affection (<strong>1 John 3:17</strong> But whoever has the world&#8217;s goods, and beholds his brother in need and closes his heart against him, how does the love of God abide in him? Cf.  Rom. 5:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       The participle “maintaining” bears the force of a command.</p>
<p>46) Secondly their like-mindedness would be demonstrated by “being one in spirit and purpose.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Once again the Paul emphasizes unity among the Philippians (cf. 1:27, 2:2a).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The fact that Paul stresses his desire for Christian unity suggests disharmony existed among the Philippians.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     To what level is unclear, but given his relatively light censure, the situation was not acute (Phil. 4:2 cf. Gal. 3:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     They were to share the same sentiment, desire, and commitment to the plan of God.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Furthermore they were to do so with their whole being.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Likewise we ought to share a mutual, total commitment to the plan of God and make no provisions for the OSN.</p>
<p>47)  In v. 3 Paul addresses mental attitudes that do not promote unity or like-mindedness, but instead produce discord.</p>
<p>48) He directs the Philippians, “Do nothing from selfishness or empty conceit.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The Greek word translated “selfishness” we’ve encountered before in 1:17 (eritheia).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     In 1:17 it is translated “selfish ambition.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The word denotes a mental attitude of selfishness with a nuance of rivalry.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Those with a mindset of selfishness operate in accordance with the dictates of their OSN (Gal. 5:20- trans. “disputes”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Moreover selfishness or self love is prevalent in the world especially during the last days of the Church Age. Guard against it (<strong>2 Timothy 3:1</strong> But realize this, that in the last days violent times will come. <sup>2</sup> For men will be <strong>lovers of self</strong>, lovers of money, boastful, arrogant, revilers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, <sup>3</sup> unloving, irreconcilable, malicious gossips, without self-control, brutal, haters of good, <sup>4</sup> treacherous, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God; <sup>5</sup> holding to a form of godliness, although they have denied its power; and avoid such men as these.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Such an attitude disrupts the unity of the local church (cf. James 3:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     The term translated “empty conceit” means a state of pride without basis or reason (kenodoxia).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     It is manifested in those who think too highly of themselves without cause; such an attitude is an exercise in self-delusion.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Scripture is replete with denouncements of pride in many forms:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Possessions (Psa. 49:6, 1 John 2:15-16 cf. Prov. 11:28, <strong>1 Timothy 6:17</strong> Instruct those who are rich in this present world not to be conceited or to fix their hope on the uncertainty of riches, but on God, who richly supplies us with all things to enjoy).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Appearance (Prov. 31:30, Ezek. 28:12-17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Military strength (Judges 7:2, Psa. 20:7 cf. 2 Chron. 32:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iv)  Personal achievements (Dan. 4:28ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">v)     Intelligence (Prov. 3:7, Jer. 9:23, 1 Cor. 1:26).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">vi)  Misc warnings: Prov.11:2, 16:18, 29:23.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       The astute believer will recognize that neither an abundance of possessions, beauty, personal achievements, nor any other area of pride commends one to God (<strong>Proverbs 8:13</strong> &#8220;The fear of the LORD is to hate evil; Pride and arrogance and the evil way, And the perverted mouth, I hate).</p>
<p>49)In contrast to the attitudes of “selfishness” and “empty conceit,” Paul directs the Philippians to have an attitude of “humility” toward each other.</p>
<p>50) Here Paul anticipates the example set by Christ recorded in vv. 5-8.</p>
<p>51) “Humility of mind” indicates modesty or humble opinion of self and is the antithesis of pride and self-interest (tapeinophrosune).</p>
<p>52) Here, as an application of humility, Paul enjoins his audience to “regard one another as more important than himself.”</p>
<p>53)This is a great preventative against disharmony in the local church and should be applied regardless of social status (Rom. 12:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Although various social classes are recognized in Scripture, one’s social standing or position doesn’t confer any spiritual advantages.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Consider that Jesus, the Son of God, was a carpenter from a region that was widely regarded as a cultural backwater.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)      One would think if social position was a distinct advantage in God’s plan Christ would have enjoyed a slightly higher position. </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)      Rather positive volition and the consistent learning and application of sound doctrine give one great advantages in this life and the life to come (1 Tim. 4:7-8).</p>
<p>54)Vital to regarding our positive royal family members as more important than oneself include the recognition of the following:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Everything that we are and all we have as believers came to us on the basis of grace (cf. 1 Cor. 15:10, Eph. 3:2, 8, 1 Tim. 1:12-16<strong>)</strong>.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Apart from Divine assistance, we can do nothing in the Christian life (Eph. 3:16, Phil. 4:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     All believers are one in Christ (Gal. 3:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Each believer possesses a gift that is essential to the local church, and every gift is important (1 Cor. 12:7ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Each believer has the opportunity and responsibility to utilize their spiritual gift to make important applications for the common good of the local church.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      In view of this fact, there is always something to esteem in the applications of fellow believers.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Each one of us has a huge propensity for failure so one ought to be humble and be on the alert (Gal. 6:1).</p>
<p>55) Recognition of these factors ought to produce a mindset of humility and grace orientation.</p>
<p>56) From the spiritual standpoint, we all came from a fallen condition, so there is no room for arrogance or condescension.</p>
<p>57) Considering another believer as more important than self is not necessarily taking the attitude that one’s fellow believers are all better than you.</p>
<p>58) Instead it refers to considering the needs and concerns of others before one’s own (<strong>Romans 12:10-11</strong> Be devoted to one another in brotherly love; give preference to one another in honor; <sup>11</sup> not lagging behind in diligence, fervent in spirit, serving the Lord;).</p>
<p>59) Having addressed the attitude the Philippians are to have towards one another, Paul instructs them regarding their responsibility towards each other in v. 4.</p>
<p>60) Besides their own personal interests, each was to “look out” for the interests of others.</p>
<p>61)This goes beyond merely taking note of the needs of others; “looking out” implies positive action or effort to help a fellow believer.</p>
<p>62) Of course if one is selfish, opportunities to help frequently go unnoticed and/or unaddressed.</p>
<p>63)Some additional commands regarding our attitude and behavior towards each other in the local church. These commands are applicable to all believers and are essential to the good spiritual health of the local body.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Be diligent to preserve the unity of the local church (Eph 4:2-3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     We are to serve one another (Gal 5:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       This is the responsibility of every believer in the local church, especially if one holds the office of deacon.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    How do we serve one another?  Examples: Take someone to the doctor or supermarket, give another believer financial help, teach in the prep school, work on the building, yard crew, or parsonage, etc.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  We must not be selfish with our time.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     Related to this point, we are to stimulate one another to love and good works (Heb. 10:24).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     We are top bear one another’s burdens which refers to various types of suffering and difficult hardships (Gal. 6:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       This may include health tests, financial test, death test, etc.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    How do we bear each other’s burdens? Pray for each other and be ready to encourage one another with principles of Divine viewpoint.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  For instance, if someone is going through a health test, pray for them and encourage them to be unafraid and trust God to work things out (Rom. 8:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Be hospitable to one another even if it’s inconvenient (1 Peter 4:9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Be kind, compassionate, and forgiving to one another (Eph. 4:32).</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 2:5-8</strong> Continue having this attitude in yourselves which was also in Christ Jesus, <sup>6</sup> who, although He existed in the form of God, did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped, <sup>7</sup> but emptied Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, <em>and </em>being made in the likeness of men. <sup>8</sup> And being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 5-8:</p>
<p>1)     Some interpreters regard vv. 5-11 as a hymn due to its literary form. However this identification cannot be substantiated.</p>
<p>2)     Regardless of literary category, the verses stand as one of the preeminent Christological passages in the N.T. </p>
<p>3)     V. 5 is a transition point from exhortation to illustration, specifically the example set by Christ.</p>
<p>4)     “This attitude” points backward and refers to the traits Paul has just exhorted about in vv. 2-4 (e.g. humility of mind).</p>
<p>5)     The phrase doesn’t look forward to what Paul is about to say regarding Christ.</p>
<p>6)     The attitude about which Paul exhorted the Philippians was also the attitude that had been adopted by Christ. </p>
<p>7)     “Have this attitude” is a command for an action, or in this case attitude, to be continued. </p>
<p>8)     The idea is that the Philippians were to continue having this attitude or mindset (i.e. humility of mind, etc.).</p>
<p>9)     In v. 6 Paul makes mention of Christ’s pre-incarnate existence.</p>
<p>10) The apostle makes two assertions about Christ:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Christ “existed in the form of God.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     He “did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped.”</p>
<p>11) According to the first assertion Christ “existed in the form of God.” In what sense was Christ in the “form of God?”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The word translated “form” refers to the nature or character of something, or here, someone.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The term doesn’t denote “form” in the sense of recognizable external characteristics, but those traits or attributes that are essential to it.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     In terms of external manifestation, God is spirit and doesn’t possess a physical form. (cf. John 4:24, Acts 17:29).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Scripture does ascribe to God physical characteristics. However such references are anthropomorphic and are used to aid our understanding of God. Examples:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       Hand: portrays omnipotence manifested in divine judgment (1 Sam. 5:11, also “finger”- Ex. 8:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    Eyes: portrays omniscience (2 Chron. 16:9, Prov. 5:21, 15:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  Face: portrays justice (Psa. 34:16, 1 Peter 3:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Hence apart from various theophanies prior to His incarnation, Christ existed as spirit (examples of theophanies: Judges 6:11, 13:20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Most importantly this “form” corresponds exactly to God the Father. Thus Christ possessed the same essential nature or divine essence as God the Father.</p>
<p>12)The word “existed” stresses continued existence.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Therefore Christ continues to have this divine essence from eternity past.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     As the Son, He has always possessed the divine essence.</p>
<p>13)Yet it isn’t enough to simply understand that Christ preexisted His incarnation.</p>
<p>14)As God the Son He eternally preexisted His incarnation.</p>
<p>15)Some suppose that Christ preexisted His incarnation, but not eternally.</p>
<p>16)In other words some believe that Christ came into existence sometime prior to the virgin birth.</p>
<p>17)Still others believe that Christ came into existence at His birth.</p>
<p>18) What are the implications if Christ came into existence prior to or at His physical birth?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     If He came into existence at His physical birth, then no eternal Trinity exists (Gen. 1:26, Isa. 48:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     If He was not eternally preexistent He could not be God, since among other attributes, God is eternal (Psa. 90:2, Micah 5:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     If Christ was not preexistent, this would controvert His own claims so He lied (John 8:58).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     If He lied, then He could not be God as veracity is a divine attribute (Psa. 31:5, John 14:2, 6, Rev. 3:7).</p>
<p>19) Any view that holds to the notion that Christ came into existence at any point is erroneous. Scripture unequivocally affirms His eternal preexistence as God the Son (John 1:1, 14, 17:5).</p>
<p>20) Paul’s second assertion that Christ “did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped” proves this point.</p>
<p>21) As God the Son, Christ is equal with God, that is, He already possessed equality with God the Father.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     He and God the Father are one (John 10:30).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Whatever the Father has, Christ possesses (John 17:10).</p>
<p>22)As God the Father is deity so the Son is deity (Col. 1:15, 2:9, Heb 1:3).</p>
<p>23) He exercises the prerogatives of deity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     He forgives sin (Matt. 9:2, 6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     He executes judgment (John 5:22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     He raises the dead (John 20:25, 28).</p>
<p>24)Our term “grasped” only occurs here in Scripture.</p>
<p>25)Based on our context, the phrase “did not regard equality with God a thing to be grasped” refers to the fact that Christ chose not to manifest or take certain advantages of His pre-incarnate existence.</p>
<p>26) He didn’t selfishly seek His own advantage, but instead “emptied Himself.”</p>
<p>27) Paul doesn’t directly indicate that Christ emptied Himself of “something” so to think that Christ somehow diminished or lost His essence is incorrect.</p>
<p>28)He emptied Himself by means of<strong> “</strong>taking the form of a bond-servant.”</p>
<p>29) The word “form” is same word used in the phrase “He existed in the form of God” in v. 6.</p>
<p>30)The term refers to the essential nature or trait(s) of a bond-servant which is to serve.</p>
<p>31) Referring to Christ as a bond-servant stresses his utter lack of selfishness.</p>
<p>32)He took human form via the virgin birth and in this sense was made “in the likeness of men.”</p>
<p>33)“Likeness” is not an exact replica. Although Christ was true humanity, He was different. To begin with His humanity was completely free from the defilement of the OSN (<strong>Isaiah 53:9 </strong>His grave was assigned with wicked men, Yet He was with a rich man in His death, Because He had done no violence, Nor was there any deceit in His mouth<strong>1 Peter 2:21</strong> For you have been called for this purpose, since Christ also suffered for you, leaving you an example for you to follow in His steps, <sup>22</sup> who committed no sin, nor was any deceit found in His mouth).</p>
<p>34)Now we see that Christ possessed both the essential traits of deity and humanity.</p>
<p>35) He is deity and humanity united in human form. He is the unique God-man.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     The two natures are united without any loss of any essential attributes, and the two natures maintain their separate identities.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     Through the incarnation, the two natures were inseparably united in such a way that there was no mixture or loss of their separate identity, and without loss or transfer of any property or attribute from one nature to the other.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The union thus consummated in a personal or hypostatic union, in that Christ is one person, not two.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     It should be clear that the divine attributes must necessarily belong to the corresponding divine nature and that human attributes belong to the corresponding human nature. Furthermore, the attributes of both the human and the divine nature belong to the person of Christ.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     Because the attributes of either nature belong to Christ, Christ is theanthropic in person, but it is inaccurate to refer to His natures as being theanthropic as there is no mixture of the divine and human to form a third new substance.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      The human nature always remains human and the divine nature always remains divine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Christ is, therefore, both God and man, no less God because of His humanity and no less human because of His deity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     The two natures of Christ cannot lose or transfer a single attribute.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       In the incarnation (the phase of His hypostasis from His birth to death), no attribute of the divine nature was changed, though there was a change in the manifestation of His deity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       This is referred to as the “kenosis” doctrine or the self-emptying of Christ.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     In terms of manifestation, He gave up the outward appearance of deity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       This union should not be viewed as deity possessing humanity or humanity being indwelt by deity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   This union of the two natures was not one of sympathy alone or merely a harmony of will and operation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)     Everything that Jesus Christ spoke came from one of three sources:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)       From His deity (John 8:58).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">ii)    From His humanity (John 19.28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">iii)  From the Hypostatic Union, His whole person (Matt 11:28, John 14:6).</p>
<p>36)How could the eternal God take upon Himself human limitations while retaining His eternal deity?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     Some have interpreted the significance of His self-emptying in the sense He gave up part of His deity to become man.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     In opposition to all views which deny His deity during the incarnation, it must be pointed out that God cannot change His nature by an act of His will any more than we can change our nature.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     This is inherent in the divine attribute of immutability which is expressly affirmed of Christ (<strong>Hebrews 13:8</strong> Jesus Christ <em>is </em>the same yesterday and today, <em>yes </em>and forever).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     Furthermore, a loss of any Divine attribute would mean in effect that Christ was not God at all. This is contradicted by innumerable Scriptures and specifically by the gospel of John (John 1:1 “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     In order to take human form, it was necessary for Christ to veil His pre-incarnate glory.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      In answer to the prayer of Christ to the Father, the eternal manifestation was restored in connection with His resurrection and ascension (John 17:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     Furthermore, during the incarnation, Christ did not surrender the attributes of omnipresence, omnipotence, and omniscience, but He did voluntarily restrict their use.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     Christ did not exercise His divine attributes to make His way easier, but they were abundantly displayed in His miracles (Acts 2:22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       Christ exercised His own power when He commanded the waves to be still and caused Lazarus to be raised from the tomb (Matt. 8:26, John 11:43).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       Many of His miracles were performed in the power of the Holy Spirit (Luke 4:14, 18, Acts 10:38).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     Implicit in “emptying Himself” is the reality that Christ surrendered no attribute of deity, but that He did voluntarily restrict their independent use in keeping with His purpose of living among men and under human limitations.</p>
<p>37) It’s interesting to contemplate the question, “When did Christ within His humanity, become aware that He was God?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     As His human nature developed and with it self-consciousness, He, as a man, became aware of His uniqueness.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     He had both a divine and human self-consciousness, and these were never in conflict.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The self-awareness of His deity, of necessity, must have occurred early on, even as a very young boy (cf. Lk 2:42, 46-49).</p>
<p>38) What was the relationship of Christ’s two natures and His free will?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)      The human will of Christ was subject to real temptation. Heb. 4:15 &#8220;For we do not have a high priest who cannot sympathize with our weaknesses, but one who has been tempted in all things as we are, yet without sin.&#8221;</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     The divine will of Christ, His deity, was not subject to temptation (cf. James.1:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     The question among orthodox theologians is not whether the humanity of Christ was really tempted, but whether, as a man, He was capable of sinning.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     All agree that He remained sinless and had no sin nature, but there is a division over whether or not He could have sinned.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     If Christ could tap into His deity and have infinite power to resist temptation, then how could He be on equal standing with those He is supposed to sympathize with? The sympathy would be empty.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      Infinite power to resist temptation is called impeccability, while the ability to sin as a result of temptation is called peccability (cf. James 1:14-15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">g)     With regard to all angels and all of mankind from Adam, temptability presumes peccability. Why should the humanity of Christ be the exception?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">h)     If, for instance, Christ was tempted at the end of the forty days, but could not have sinned, then He was not our equal in temptation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">i)       In Gethsemane, it was His human will which was tempted to avoid the Cross (Matt. 26:39).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">j)       The argument that Christ is now impeccable in heaven, therefore He must have been impeccable while on earth is not valid. Consider the fact that believers are peccable on earth but impeccable in heaven (elect angels also seem to have gone from peccability to impeccability).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">k)     To argue that God would not have risked the whole plan of grace on the peccability of Christ ignores the doctrine of foreknowledge. The notion of risk is not applicable to deity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">l)       Certainly the humanity of Christ, possessing no sin nature, had all the resources not to sin. However this does not preclude the ability to sin.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">m)   Indeed, there is no support in Scripture which declares that He could not sin, only that He did not sin (2 Cor.5:21, 1 John 3:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">n)     The deity of Christ did not, in any fashion, override His human volition in the face of temptation by giving Him infinite power to resist.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">o)     So why postulate that which is not the pattern for other free moral agents? It would be atypical of the human experience.</p>
<p>39)The opening phrase in v. 8 indicates how Christ physically appeared to others during His incarnation.</p>
<p>40) Paul states that He was “found in appearance as a man.”</p>
<p>41) The word “appearance” means outward appearance or form (schema).</p>
<p>42)This word doesn’t refer to Christ’s essence or nature as does the word “form” in vv. 6 and 7.</p>
<p>43) Therefore during the incarnation Christ possessed the same basic physical characteristics as any other member of humanity (“as a man”).</p>
<p>44)Christ’s humanity is as critical to the Christian faith as is His deity.</p>
<p>45)The evidence for His human body is as compelling as the evidence for His deity.</p>
<p>46)According to the Scriptures, Christ was born of a virgin, thus fulfilling in this notable historical event of His incarnation all that would normally be expected of a human birth. Physiologically, His birth was normal and not extraordinary (Isa. 7:14, Matt. 1:23 cf. Luke 2:7).</p>
<p>47)The Scriptures also testify that His body possessed flesh and blood (Heb.2:14; 1 John 4:2, 2 John 1:7).</p>
<p>48)The life of Christ subsequent to His birth in Bethlehem reveals the same normal human development and growth (Luke 2:52). </p>
<p>49)In His life, He experienced similar feelings and limitations as other human beings. His physical movements corresponded to a genuine human nature and human body.</p>
<p>50)According to Scripture, He was able to suffer pain, thirst, hunger, fatigue, pleasure, rest, death, and resurrection (John 19:18, 28).</p>
<p>51)Both before and after His resurrection, He could be seen and felt. His human body was tangible to human touch (Matt. 26:67, Luke 24:39, John.20:24-29).</p>
<p>52)His true humanity is also recognized in scripture by the human titles which were given to Him, such as &#8220;Son of Man&#8221;, &#8220;the Man Christ Jesus&#8221;, &#8220;the Son of David&#8221;, etc (Mark 2:10, 10:47).</p>
<p>53)The Scripture also indicates that He possessed a rational human soul (Matt.26:38, John 12:27).</p>
<p>54)Based on the biblical evidence, there is no question that Jesus Christ was true humanity.</p>
<p>55) In pondering the scheme of things one might question why it was necessary for Christ to become humanity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     To be our Savior (Heb. 2:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     To be the mediator between God and men. A mediator must be equal with both parties (1 Tim 2:5)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     To be the High Priest who can represent believers before God the Father (Heb. 7:12-14, 24-28, 10:5-14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     To be David’s Greater Son sitting on His throne. In order for the promise to be fulfilled, not only did Jesus Christ have to be true humanity, but He had to be born into the direct line of David (2 Sam. 7:8-16, Psa. 89:20-37).</p>
<p>56)In relation to Christ’s humanity, it’s also beneficial to examine some of the primary purposes of His incarnation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">a)     To reveal God to the human race (John 1:18, 14:7-9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">b)     To bypass the curse of Adam via the virgin birth (Luke 1:35 cf. Rom 5.15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">c)     To be the sacrifice that made atonement for sin (Eph. 5:2, Heb. 9.26, 10:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">d)     To set an example (1 Peter 2:21, 1 John 2:6 cf. Col 1:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">e)     To destroy the works of the Devil (1 John 3:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">f)      To be a judge (<strong>John 5:22-27</strong> &#8220;For not even the Father judges anyone, but He has given all judgment to the Son, <sup>23</sup> in order that all may honor the Son, even as they honor the Father. He who does not honor the Son does not honor the Father who sent Him. <sup>24</sup> &#8220;Truly, truly, I say to you, he who hears My word, and believes Him who sent Me, has eternal life, and does not come into judgment, but has passed out of death into life. <sup>25</sup> &#8220;Truly, truly, I say to you, an hour is coming and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and those who hear shall live. <sup>26</sup> &#8220;For just as the Father has life in Himself, even so He gave to the Son also to have life in Himself; <sup>27</sup> and He gave Him authority to execute judgment, because He is <em>the </em>Son of Man.).</p>
<p>57) In addition to taking human form, Christ further demonstrated His humility by going to the cross.</p>
<p>58) His humility was demonstrated by “becoming obedient to the point of death.”</p>
<p>59)Such was His commitment to obeying the will of the Father that Christ chose the course which led to His own death (Luke 22:42, John 5:30, 6:38).</p>
<p>60)He was the epitome of the faithful bond-servant and His obedience made salvation available for all (Rom. 5:19).</p>
<p>61) “Even death on the cross” is emphatic and stresses the stigma of shame that was attached to crucifixion, especially to the Jews (Gal. 3:13).</p>
<p>62) Despite the shame, Christ willingly sacrificed His life and bore our sins while He was on the cross (<strong>1 Peter 2:24</strong> and He Himself bore our sins in His body on the cross, that we might die to sin and live to righteousness; for by His wounds you were healed.).</p>
<p>63)As Christ we ought to make every effort to demonstrate humility through obedience to the will of God the Father (cf. Deut. 28:1ff, Rom. 6:12ff, Col. 1:10, 1 Thess. 4:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Philippians 2:9-11</strong> Therefore also God highly exalted Him, and bestowed on Him the name which is above every name, <sup>10</sup> that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of those who are in heaven, and on earth, and under the earth, <sup>11</sup> and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">Analysis of vv. 9-11:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1)     The inferential “therefore also” which opens v. 9 concludes the previous narrative.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">2)     Now Paul asserts the vindication of Christ following His self-emptying and humbling Himself in obedience through death on the cross.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">3)     Following these things, “God highly exalted” Christ.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">4)     “Highly exalted” refers to Christ’s status and indicates that God exalted Him to the highest possible degree.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">5)     We see His complete submission to the Father’s plan resulted in exaltation.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">6)     As a general principle God exalts the humble and humbles those who proudly exalt themselves (Matt. 23:12, Luke 14:11, 18:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">7)     Following Christ’s example, humility is manifested in obedience to God’s directives.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">8)     Conversely, disobedience to God’s directives manifests arrogance (Neh. 9:29).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)      Arrogance is a byproduct of the OSN and is initially exhibited in the mental attitude (cf. 2 Chron. 26:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     The bulk of humanity is under the domination of their OSN. Consequently, the world, especially in the last days, is permeated with arrogance and blatant self-exaltation (e.g. sports, “gay pride,” Rom. 1:25-32, <strong>2 Timothy 3:1-5</strong> But realize this, that in the last days difficult times will come. <sup>2</sup> For men will be <strong>lovers of self</strong>, lovers of money, boastful, <strong>arrogant</strong>, revilers, disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, <sup>3</sup> unloving, irreconcilable, malicious gossips, without self-control, brutal, haters of good, <sup>4</sup> treacherous, reckless, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God; <sup>5</sup> holding to a form of godliness, although they have denied its power; and avoid such men as these).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     We as believers must be especially careful not to get swept up in the hype and arrogance that is prevalent in the cosmos (1 John 2:15-16 cf. 2 Tim. 4:10, 1 Peter 5:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">i)       Instead, we ought to be spiritually discerning and direct our focus and energy on our spiritual growth.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">ii)    The adjusted CA believer will seek to exploit his privileged position in Christ. This is accomplished through the consistent intake and application of sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iii)  The believer who fails to prioritize his life in accordance with the clear commands of Scripture and is captivated by “the things in the world” sets himself up for spiritual ruin (e.g. inconsistent attendance in Bible class in order to pursue job, career, education, etc.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iv)  The astute believer recognizes that “the things of world,” although very attractive, are also very superficial and will not satisfy.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">v)     As believers we must see the importance of doctrine and its efficacy (cf. Prov. 3:15, Col. 2:5).  </p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">vi)  Our position is unique. We have been delivered from “the domain of darkness” and transferred into the kingdom of Christ through faith in Christ (Col. 1:13-14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">vii)            Despite our continued physical residence in the world, we are now viewed as citizens of His kingdom (cf. Eph. 2:19, Phil. 3:20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">viii)         We must not think and behave as we did when we lived in the realm of darkness (Rom. 12:2, Eph. 5:11, Col. 3:2, 1 Peter 1:14-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     There are an abundance of principles in Scripture concerning arrogance that a believer ought to have in his “doctrinal” frame of reference. Some principles include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">i)       The failure to obey doctrine is arrogant (cf. Neh. 9:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">ii)    Many in the world manifest arrogance by not seeking God even to the point of denying His existence (cf. Psa. 10:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iii)  Fools are arrogant and careless (Prov. 14:16 cf. Prov. 1:7, Prov. 12:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iv)  The believer must not exalt himself as do many in the world.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">v)     Instead, the faithful, obedient believer will be exalted by God. Such a believer may be enhanced in honor, fame, position, power, or financial prosperity (Josh. 3:7, 4:14, Psa. 37:34, 1 Chron. 14:2, 29:25, James 4:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">vi)  Emulate God’s attitude toward pride, arrogance, and evil…hate it (Prov. 8:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">vii)            The believer is not be conceited about his intellectual abilities and academic achievements (cf. Prov. 26:12, Phil 3:4-5, also Acts 26:24).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">viii)         In certain cases, God may afflict a believer in order to prevent arrogance (2 Cor. 12:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">ix)  If a believer has prospered financially and materially, he must not be prideful and attribute his wealth solely to his own effort.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">x)     Instead the believer must recognize God supplied it (<strong>1 Timothy 6:17</strong> Instruct those who are rich in this present world not to be conceited or to fix their hope on the uncertainty of riches, but on God, who richly supplies us with all things to enjoy. cf. Job 1:1-3, 10, 21, 42:10-12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xi)  Those who are conceited commonly stir up strife (Prov. 28:25, cf. Prov. 13:10, where “presumption” is pride or insolence).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xii)            We are not to boast or speak with insolent pride (<strong>Psalm 75:4-7</strong> &#8220;I said to the boastful, &#8216;Do not boast,&#8217; And to the wicked, &#8216;Do not lift up the horn; <sup>5</sup> Do not lift up your horn on high, Do not speak with insolent pride.&#8217;&#8221; <sup>6</sup> For not from the east, nor from the west, Nor from the desert <em>comes </em>exaltation; <sup>7</sup> But God is the Judge; He puts down one, and exalts another.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xiii)         Especially among members of the LC (Gal. 5:26 cf. Rom. 10:12, 1 Cor. 12:13, Col. 3:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xiv)          The believer who blindly follows his own plans without <strong>initially </strong>considering God’s directive will is arrogant (James 4:13-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xv)False teachers are characterized by self will and arrogance (2 Peter 2:1-20 cf. false prophets, Deut.18:20, 22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xvi)          Wayward believers who reject sound doctrine and hold to false doctrine also arrogant (1 Tim. 4:1, 2 Tim. 4:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xvii)       Conversely the adjusted communicators of doctrine should exhibit a lack of self-will and arrogance (Titus 1:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xviii)     We must not be motivated by pride or conceit to make various applications in our niches (<strong>Philippians 2:3</strong> Do nothing from selfishness or empty conceit, but with humility of mind let each of you regard one another as more important than himself;).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xix)          Do not engage in self promotion when God blesses you (cf. <strong>Acts 14:8-18</strong>“And at Lystra there was sitting a certain man, without strength in his feet, lame from his mother&#8217;s womb, who had never walked. <sup>9</sup> This man was listening to Paul as he spoke, who, when he had fixed his gaze upon him, and had seen that he had faith to be made well, <sup>10</sup>said with a loud voice, &#8220;Stand upright on your feet.&#8221; And he leaped up and <em>began </em>to walk. <sup>11</sup>And when the multitudes saw what Paul had done, they raised their voice, saying in the Lycaonian language, &#8220;The gods have become like men and have come down to us.&#8221; <sup>12</sup> And they <em>began </em>calling Barnabas, Zeus, and Paul, Hermes, because he was the chief speaker. <sup>13</sup> And the priest of Zeus, whose <em>temple </em>was just outside the city, brought oxen and garlands to the gates, and wanted to offer sacrifice with the crowds. <sup>14</sup> But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they tore their robes and rushed out into the crowd, crying out <sup>15</sup> and saying, &#8220;Men, why are you doing these things? We are also men of the same nature as you, and preach the gospel to you in order that you should turn from these vain things to a living God, who made the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them. <sup>16</sup> &#8220;And in the generations gone by He permitted all the nations to go their own ways; <sup>17</sup> and yet He did not leave Himself without witness, in that He did good and gave you rains from heaven and fruitful seasons, satisfying your hearts with food and gladness.&#8221; <sup>18</sup>And <em>even </em>saying these things, they with difficulty restrained the crowds from offering sacrifice to them”, also Acts 12:21-23).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xx)Dishonor comes with pride (<strong>Proverbs 11:2-3</strong> When pride comes, then comes dishonor, But with the humble is wisdom. <sup>3</sup> The integrity of the upright will guide them, But the falseness of the treacherous will destroy them.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xxi)          The one who is proud will be humiliated (Prov. 29:23).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xxii)       Pride goes before destruction (Prov. 16:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  The term “destruction” commonly refers to a break, breach, or collapse (sheber).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)  In Prov. 16:18, the term is expressive of physical calamity on a personal level (cf. Prov. 18:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xxiii)     God uses severity in His dealings with the arrogant.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xxiv)     Pride is particularly offensive to God (<strong>Proverbs 16:5</strong> Everyone who is proud in heart is an abomination to the LORD; Assuredly, he will not be unpunished. cf. <strong>Proverbs 8:13</strong> &#8220;The fear of the LORD is to hate evil; Pride and arrogance and the evil way, And the perverted mouth, I hate”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  The punishment of the conceited and arrogant by God is assured.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)   He will not put up with arrogance in the MA (<strong>Psalm 101:5</strong> Whoever secretly slanders his neighbor, him I will destroy; No one who has a haughty look and an arrogant heart will I endure.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(3)  He will tear down the house of the proud (i.e. the proud will be ruined, Prov. 15:25 cf. Prov. 12:7, 14:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(4)  He will rebuke those who go astray from the principles of sound doctrine, the arrogant (Psa. 119:21).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(5)  In legal matters during the Age of Israel, a verdict rendered by a Levitical priest or judge was binding. Moreover, the one who didn’t listen to the priest or judge manifested insolence and was to be put to death (Deut. 17:9-13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(6)  The context clearly underscores how seriously God views obedience to one’s authorities (cf. Rom. 13:1-2, Heb. 13:17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(7)  In general, disobedience to one’s authorities invites DD (cf. Num. 26:9, Deut. 11:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(8)  In the future, those who are arrogant will be overthrown by God (Isaiah 2:11-12, 13:11</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">9)     Although not mentioned, implicit in Christ’s exaltation are His bodily resurrection, ascension, and glorification.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     Some facts regarding His resurrection:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">i)       Jesus Christ dogmatically asserted the fact that He would not be conquered by the power of physical death (Matt. 16:21, 17:9, 22-23, 20:18-19, 26:29, 32; Jn. 2:18-22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">ii)    The incontrovertible, historical facts surrounding Jesus’ death, burial, and resurrection make this indisputable fact beyond legitimate question.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  His death, which was documented by both friendly and hostile witnesses.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  The apostle John (John 19:30, 35).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  His disciples (Luke 23:49, 24:18-20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  His friends and family (Mk. 15:40-41).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  The Roman centurion (Mk. 15:39).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  The large crowd (Luke 23:48).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(f)   The leadership of the Jewish nation (Matt. 27:62-66).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)  His burial</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  This aspect, over which Jesus Christ obviously had no control, was the subject of Old Testament prophecy as well (Isa. 53:9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  Joseph of Arimathea provided a new tomb, eliminating the general method of disposing of the bodies of criminals (Matt. 27:57-60).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  The actual burial is recorded in Matt. 27:59-60; it followed the certification of death, the obtaining of the body, the cleaning, and the wrapping of the body in burial wraps.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  It was done hurriedly since the Jewish Sabbath, which began at sundown on Friday evening, was not violated (“Judean chronology”, Luke 23:53-56).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  The place of burial was well known to Joseph and the women that followed the body (Matt. 27:60-61).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(f)   Joseph sealed the entrance to the tomb with a large stone that was not readily moved (Matt. 27:60).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(g)  The Jews insisted that Pilate post a Roman detail at the entrance of the tomb in order to prevent the disciples from stealing the body and perpetrating the hoax that Jesus had risen from the dead (Matt. 26:65-66).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(3)  His bodily resurrection.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  None of the disciples or the women that had followed Jesus Christ throughout His ministry believed in His resurrection before the fact.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(i)    In fact, the disciples were quite antagonistic to His very clear teaching that He would be delivered up to the Jews, be crucified, and raised on the third day (Matt. 16:21-22, Mark 9:9-10, Luke 18:31-34).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(ii) Following His physical death, the disciples had no confidence in His resurrection and were hiding in fear for their lives (Matt. 26:56, John 20:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(iii)                       The women that had taken the responsibility for preparing the body for burial went to the tomb early Sunday morning, fully expecting to find the dead body (Mark 16:1-8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(iv)                       Peter was alone with his shame; having no faith in the resurrection of the man he had betrayed (Mark 14:72, 16:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  According to the eyewitness testimony of Peter, John, the women, and the Roman guard detail, the grave was empty on Sunday morning. (Matt. 28:11-15; John 20:2-9).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  The grave clothes in the tomb are tangible evidence against human tampering. (John 20:5-6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(i)    A vandal would not have left the tomb in such neat condition, but would have been moving quickly to avoid detection.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(ii) The grave clothes were lying as though the body had simply passed through them and had taken the head wrap off last.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  The empty tomb and the angelic manifestation are the only reasonable explanations for the behavior of the guards (Matt. 28:2-4, 11ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  The broken seal and the removal of the massive, guarded stone indicate a superhuman or divine agency (Mk. 16:3-4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(f)   Post-resurrection appearances by Christ as additional proof that His resurrection is a reality:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(i)    Mary Magdalene (John 20:14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(ii) Peter (Mark 24:34).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(iii)                       To the five hundred (1 Cor. 15:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 180px;">(iv)                       His ascension (Acts 1:3ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iii)  Jesus Christ was the first man to ever be resurrected, and this fact has both theological and practical implications (1 Cor. 15:20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  Jesus Christ is the first person to enjoy resurrection and, as such, this gives Him preeminence in all things (Col. 1:18, Rev. 1:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)  Under the doctrine of primogeniture, the firstborn male in any family had the exclusive rights of inheritance, the right of ruler ship in the family, the rights as the family priest, and the right of the double portion (Gen. 27:29, 48:22, Heb. 5:5-6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(3)  His resurrection is God’s stamp of approval on His Divine Sonship (Rom. 1:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(4)  His resurrection is central and foundational to the gospel (1 Cor. 15:4, 17-19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(5)  His resurrection is necessary for His future:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  Position as head of the Church (Col. 1:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  Fulfillment of the Davidic Covenant (2 Sam. 7:16-17, Psa. 89:3-4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  Activity with regard to the sending of the Holy Spirit (John 16:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  Activities with regard to His people Israel (Isa. 9:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  Actions toward the nations (Psa. 2:8-9, Rev. 12:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(6)  Practically, His resurrection forms that basis for our confidence in our future resurrection and inheritance in the eternal Kingdom (Rom. 8:11, 1 Cor. 15:12-19, 16-17, 1 Pet. 1:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(7)   The reality of His and our bodily resurrection has the further practical value of encouraging us in terms of Divine good production (1 Cor. 15:58).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iv)  The resurrection of Jesus Christ not only indicated God’s acceptance and approval of His person and work, it was the beginning of His exaltation as Lord and Christ (Acts 2:24-36).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">v)     False views of Christ’s resurrection.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  The enemies of Jesus Christ and the apostles could provide no effective response to refute the absolute reality of the resurrection.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  When Peter spoke on the day of Pentecost, there was no response to his dogmatic assertion that God had raised Jesus from the dead (Acts 2:32, 37).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  When presented with the reality of the resurrection of Jesus Christ, the intellectuals in Athens verbally derided Paul but could not refute his claims. (Acts 17:32).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  As Paul told Agrippa and Festus, the resurrection was based on words of sober truth, and the overt proofs were evident since this had not been done in a corner (Acts 26:24-26).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)  The swoon theory postulates that Jesus Christ did not physically die on the cross, but merely passed out from fatigue and exposure, woke up in the cool tomb, revived, and escaped.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  This is refuted by direct eyewitness testimony of his death.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  It is refuted by the condition of the burial clothing.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  The size and weight of the stone placed over the tomb makes this impossible.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  The Roman guard would have certainly noticed His escape, which they did not.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  There is no evidence of any kind to document His death at a later time.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(f)   He convinced the disciples that He had been raised from the dead, when He had not, making Him a liar.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(3)  The theft of the body theory, originally concocted by the Jewish leadership (Matt. 28:11-15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  This was spread widely among the Jews.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  However, it is quickly refuted by the reality that the disciples were acting in cowardice and fear; they were not in a mental state to conduct so dramatic a theft under the noses of the Roman guards.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  It is further refuted by the inability of the women to get into the grave (Mark 16:3-4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  Again, a thief would not have left the grave clothes in such a neat fashion.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  The most telling flaw is the Roman guard, placed at the tomb by the Jewish leadership, preventing anyone from stealing the body.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(4)  The hallucination theory states that all resurrection appearances were individual or mass hallucinations.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  Hallucinations are illusory perceptions or experiences with no external cause or reality, generally caused by disorders of the nervous system, which are brought about through external causes (drugs, alcohol, etc.) or result from physical problems with the nervous system.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  The disciples did not manifest an imaginative nature, and consistently evidenced a pattern of taking things on a literal, physical basis.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  They were hiding for fear of their lives and had no suspicion that Jesus would ever be seen again.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  Further, hallucinations are very subjective and individual phenomena; they do not explain the variety of circumstances, locations, and numbers of people that said they observed the same thing.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  Even after many people said that they had seen Jesus, no one was really convinced; people tended to remain incredulous and believed only when presented with personal, persuasive proof (John 20:25).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(5)  The wrong tomb theory speculates that the women went to the wrong tomb, explaining why it was empty.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(a)  The women had been with Joseph when the body was buried and clearly knew the location of the tomb (Matt. 27:61).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(b)  This was not a public cemetery; it was a private burial plot that was secluded and had limited access.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(c)  If they went to the wrong tomb and claimed that Jesus had been raised from the dead, the Jews could easily have gone to the correct tomb and produced the dead body.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(d)  This theory would suggest that the Jews had sealed the wrong tomb and that the Roman soldiers were guarding the wrong tomb. In a word, preposterous.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 150px;">(e)  It is contradicted by the words of the angel when he told the women to “come, see the place where He was lying” (Matt. 28:6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(6)  All of these theories arise from unbelief and are an attempt to discredit what is plainly stated in the Word of God.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(7)  These theories do not effectively explain away established, verifiable, eyewitness accounts of the facts.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(8)  Perhaps the most telling problem with all these theories is that no one has ever produced the dead body.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(9)  They offer no explanation as to the sudden transformation of the disciples from cowards, hiding in fear, into men that were willing to risk their lives for His name.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(10)                     They do not explain the origin of the Church and 2000 years of Church history, throughout centuries of opposition.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(11)                     The reality is that only very strange, deranged people would risk their lives to perpetuate a hoax.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Significant facts of Christ’s ascension and glorification.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">i)      Christ Himself prophesied His ascension into heaven (John 6:62, 7:33, 14:12, 28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">ii)    Many NT passages indicate that Christ is in heaven (Acts 2:33-36, 7:55-56, Rom. 8:34, Eph 1:20-22, 4:8-10, Phil. 3:20, 1 Thess. 1:10, 4:16, Heb. 8:1, Rev. 19:11-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iii)  Christ’s pre-incarnate glory, temporarily restricted during His incarnation, was restored upon His ascension (John 17:5, 1 Tim. 6:15-16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">iv)  He is the first resurrection man to enter heaven (1 Cor. 15:23, Col. 1:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">v)     CA believers will also possess a resurrection body and share in His glory (Rom. 8:17, 30, 1 Cor. 15:43, Phil. 3:21).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">vi)  Christ is now enthroned at the “right hand” of God the Father. Therefore as the glorified God-Man, Christ shares authority, glory, and honor with the Father (Luke 2:42-43, Col. 3:1, Heb. 10:12, 12:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">vii)            Furthermore Christ has authority over all creation (<strong>Colossians 2:10</strong> and in Him you have been made complete, and He is the head over all rule and authority;).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">viii)         His authority in part extends over the following:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  All mankind (John 17:2, Eph 1:18a).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)  The Church (Eph.1:22b; 4:15; 5:23; Col.1:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(3)   Over the angels (Heb. 1:4-13, 1 Peter 3:22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">ix)  Christ’s current activities at the right hand:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(1)  The development and growth of the Church (Acts 2:47, Col. 2:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(2)  Bestowal of spiritual gifts (Eph.4:7, 11 cf. 1Cor.12:27-28, Rom.12:3-8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 120px;">(3)  As our High Priest, He intercedes for us (Rom.8:34, Heb.7:25, 9:24, 1John 2:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">x)     He will bring into subjection all those who are arrogant and oppose God upon His physical return to earth at the end of the Tribulation (Psa. 110:1, 1 Cor. 15:24-25).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 90px;">xi)  Opposing nations will be subjugated and He will rule from Mt. Zion (Ps.2:4-9, Isa.2:1-4, Micah.4:1-8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">10) As a part of exalting Christ, God “bestowed on Him the name which is above every name.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">11) The giving of “the name” was subsequent to the crucifixion which indicates that His personal name, Jesus, is not in view.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">12) The “name which is above every name is “Lord” (cf. v. 11- lit. “the Lord is Jesus Christ”, Rev. 17:14, 19:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">13) This name distinguishes Him for all other things and is a title that which surpasses all other titles.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">14) He does not merely possess the title of “Lord,” but He is Lord, the sovereign or supreme authority over all things (<strong>Acts 2:36</strong>&#8220;Therefore let all the house of Israel know for certain that God has made Him both Lord and Christ&#8211; this Jesus whom you crucified” cf. Matt. 28:18, Eph. 1:20-21).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">15) In vv. 10-12 Paul explains that God’s exaltation of Jesus has a two-fold purpose.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">16) First, “that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">17) Paul doesn’t mention the name “Jesus” to indicate that “Jesus” and not “Lord” is the name above every name.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">18) Furthermore, he is not indicating that everyone will bow when the personal name, “Jesus” is mentioned (i.e. at the name Jesus).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">19) Rather, everyone will bow at the name <strong>of</strong> Jesus or the name belonging to Jesus. As just discussed that name is “Lord.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">20) To bow one’s knee in a literal and figurative sense means to show deference or obeisance to another in recognition of their authority (Gen. 41:43, Psa. 95:6, Rom. 14:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">21) The apostle is skillfully interweaving Isa. 45:23 into vv. 10-11 and applying it to Jesus.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">22) He declares the full scope of obeisance rendered to Jesus to be universal.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">23) It encompasses every created being including:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     “Those who are in heaven” refers to heavenly beings (i.e. elect and fallen angels).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Those “on earth” refer to humanity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     Those “under the earth” refer to dead unbelievers.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">24) Paul indicates the second purpose of the exaltation in v.11.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">25)Namely that “every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">26) Obeisance will be expressed not only by “bowing the knee” but also by a verbal confession.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">27) Jesus will be openly acknowledged as the sovereign Lord of the universe by every created being.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">28) Such universal recognition has yet to occur. However it would seem that Paul has in mind Christ’s 2<sup>nd</sup> advent and His future Millennial rule on earth.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">29) This confession is not tantamount to conversion.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">30) Interestingly all will acknowledge His authority, but all will not follow Him. This is evident from the Gog and Magog rebellion at the end of the Millennium (Rev. 20:8ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">31) Paul concludes v. 11 by emphasizing that the exaltation and the universal acknowledgement that Jesus is Lord is ultimately for the glory of God the Father.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">32) The example of Christ’s humiliation and subsequent exaltation was intended to encourage the Philippians to develop a “Christ-like” humility in their Christian life.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">33) We too must develop and maintain a humble attitude, especially towards each other.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Philippians 2:12-13</strong> So then, my beloved, just as you have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, continue working out your salvation with fear and trembling; <sup>13</sup> for it is God who is at work in you, both to will and to work for <em>His </em>good pleasure.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">Analysis of vv. 12-13:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1)     On the basis of what he has just said about Christ, Paul appeals for obedience.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">2)     He addresses the Philippians as “my beloved” which expresses his affection for these believers.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">3)     Paul cites their track record of consistent obedience.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">4)     Moreover, he commends them for their increased obedience even while he was absent (“much more in my absence”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">5)     It’s common for those under authority to obey while the “boss” is present, but when the “boss” leaves, some begin to neglect their responsibilities.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">6)     To their credit, this was not the situation with the Philippians. They actually increased their level of obedience.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">7)     Obedience to whom? In context this refers to obedience to the commands of God as taught to them by Paul (and their “overseers”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">8)     The apostle commands the Philippians, “Work out your salvation with fear and trembling.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     The command “work out” is to thoroughly work at something.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Here the Philippians were to thoroughly work out their “salvation.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">9)     Superficially the concept of working out one’s salvation would seem to be at variance with God’s plan of grace. Hence the need to recognize that “salvation” has various aspects.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     “Salvation” may be understood in a soteriological sense. That is, salvation is gained through faith in Christ minus any work on the part of the believer.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Paul is not addressing this aspect of salvation in our context. Besides one doesn’t work for eternal salvation and the Philippians were already saved (Eph. 2:8-9, Phil. 1:1, 5-6).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)      Another aspect involves physical deliverance or salvation (Acts 27:34, Phil. 1:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     However it doesn’t fit the context to have the apostle commanding them to work out their own physical deliverance.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">e)     Nor does Paul refer to somehow maintaining their salvation by works. Works are irrelevant for initial salvation, and are therefore unnecessary to maintain it. God ensures our salvation (2 Cor. 1:21-22, Eph. 1:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">f)       At the point of being saved the believer is guaranteed various eternal blessings, but it also initiates new obligations for the believer to obey over the course of his life.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">g)      Obedience to these God-given obligations is what Paul means by “working out your salvation.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">h)     Here he is emphasizing to the Philippians that their salvation ought to be demonstrated by obedient behavior, especially on a corporate level.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">i)        Further, this should be done consistently (“continue working out…”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">j)       He desired for the Philippians the same as Peter for his audience that they “grow in respect to their salvation” (i.e. make spiritual progress after being saved, 1 Peter 2:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">10) This is to be done “with fear and trembling.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     By “fear” Paul does not mean sinful fear, terror, or intimidation. Instead the word indicates in this context respect or reverence toward God (Acts 9:31, 2 Cor. 7:1 cf. Matt. 14:26).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     “Trembling is not to be understood literally.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     The whole phrase portrays an attitude of reverence and conscientiousness towards their God-given responsibilities as believers (cf. Eph. 6:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     Reverence and conscientiousness in the CWL is manifested by obedience.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">11) V. 12 introduces the basis for Paul’s imperative.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">12) The Philippians were not left alone in their struggles. Paul assures them that “it is God who is at work in you.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">13)Our term “work” denotes putting capabilities into action, empowering one to be effective (cf. 1 Cor. 12:6, 11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">14) It is God who empowers them to face the pressures in Philippi and in a larger sense to progress spiritually (Eph. 3:20, Col. 1:29).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">15) “To will and to work for His good pleasure” is a result of God’s empowerment via the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">16)  His empowerment will produce the “will” or desire to adhere to Divine viewpoint in the Philippians.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">17)The Holy Spirit stirs up and strengthens believers in their desire to live righteously (Eph. 3:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">18) Additionally, He gives believers guidance in sound doctrine and the proper application of biblical principles (John 16:13, Rom. 8:14, Gal. 5:18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">19) This desire to comply with God’s will is an initial step, but not the stopping point. The Philippians must actually “work” by obeying God’s standards. </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">20) He will supply all the power necessary to make any application (Phil. 4:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">21) It’s really no different for believers today. God empowers us to live a life with doctrinal aspirations and the ability to obey His will (Psa. 40:8, 119:35).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">22) If however one lacks the desire to apply God’s will then such a believer needs to wake up to the spiritual realities of the AC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">23) Merely having the desire to do God’s will without “works” is another pitfall that must be avoided (James 1:22, 2:26).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">24) Engaging in good “works” is a part of the Divine Decrees from eternity past and thus constitutes a very important part of the plan of God for each believer (Eph. 2:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     Although many believers opt out of good works, they are commanded of every believer (1 Tim. 2:10, Titus 3:1, 8, 14).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Our works are an integral part of our witness to those in and outside the plan of God (Matt. 5:16, 1 Tim. 3:7, 5:9-10, 1 Pet. 2:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     Apart good works, the maturity adjustment is impossible (Luke 8:15, Col. 1:9-10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     Jesus taught that believers are to focus on every opportunity for good works during our time on earth (John 9:4).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">e)     We are to be zealous in our applications (<strong>Titus 2:14</strong> who gave Himself for us, that He might redeem us from every lawless deed and purify for Himself a people for His own possession, zealous for good works.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">25) We have His full backing and support to live our lives in a Godly manner.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">26) Paul indicates that it is pleasing to God to provide this empowerment to the Philippians (and to us).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">27) As a general principle, God takes pleasure in the believer who obeys Him (Psa. 147:11, Prov. 11:20). </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"><strong>Philippians 2:14-16</strong> Do all things without grumbling or disputing; <sup>15</sup> that you may prove yourselves to be blameless and innocent, children of God above reproach in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation, among whom you appear as lights in the world, <sup>16</sup> holding fast the word of life, so that in the day of Christ I may have cause to boast because I did not run in vain nor toil in vain.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> Analysis of vv. 14-16:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">1)     Following the command, “work out your salvation with fear and trembling” Paul urges the Philippians, “Do all things without complaining or disputing.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">2)     The verb “do” is a command and means “to do, perform, carry out.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">3)     It may be used generically for any type of activity and here relates to the carrying out or performing of daily tasks.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">4)     The type of command in the Greek is frequently used of general precepts. That is, habits that should characterize one’s attitude and behavior.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">5)     The emphasis of the command is on the word translated “all things” which is the first word that occurs in the Greek text.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">6)     All things” is comprehensive and encompasses every daily activity of the Philippians (e.g. working, cooking, cleaning, etc.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">7)     Every activity should be done without grumbling or disputing.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">8)     Many believers may suppress complaining in some areas, but “all things” leaves no exceptions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">9)     Tough to obey? Yes. Impossible to obey? Absolutely not.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">10) Remember God is the one who empowers us to obey His commands so it is through His strength that we can make difficult applications.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">11)“Grumbling” or complaining is primarily manifested by giving voice to one’s dissatisfaction with someone or something.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">12)It is important to understand that a complaint first originates in the mental attitude and then at some point is vocalized.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">13) Sequentially, a mental attitude complaint precedes a verbal complaint.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">14) This command is applicable to believers today.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">15) For some complaining is daily activity and a regular part of their conversation with others (a.k.a. a chronic kvetcher).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">16)Common areas of complaining include:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     Finances: usually the lack thereof and taxes (cf. Luke 20:25).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Health: the deterioration of the body as we age brings out the worst in some (unlike Paul, 2 Cor. 4:16).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     Weather: too hot, cold, humid, cloudy, rainy, windy, etc.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     Complaints against the “Boss” or “boss” in Heaven and on earth respectively (i.e. the authorities in one’s life, Jonah 4:1ff).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">e)     To contend or quarrel with family and friends.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">17) This of course is especially inappropriate for believers.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">18) As we engage in daily activities, it should be done “without grumbling or disputing.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">19) Taking our queue from the Greek, we ought to make it a habit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">20) Also as a general principle, we must consistently monitor what we think, say and do. The discerning believer will ask, “Do my thoughts, manner and content of speech, or activities comply with God’s directive will?” (Deut. 30:2, 1 Chron. 28:9, Eph. 5:15, 1 Peter 1:13).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">21) Although complaining is typically overt, it may be generally categorized as a sin of the tongue or verbal sin.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">22) It constitutes one of three general categories of sin in the Bible; the other types include mental attitude sins and overt sins (cf. mental attitude: Matt. 15:18, overt: Rev. 2:22).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">23) The three categories of sin are a byproduct of one’s soul being dominated by the OSN (cf. Rom. 8:4-8, Gal. 5:20-21, James 1:14-15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">24) Regarding sins of the tongue or verbal sin, believers are to:</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     Know what constitutes acceptable and unacceptable speech.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     Keep it in check which occurs with spiritual growth.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)      Properly deal with it and rebound when necessary.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">25) Bear in mind that the content of one’s speech reveals who is in control of your soul, the “real you” (Matt. 12:34-37, Luke 6:45).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">26) Controlling one’s tongue or speech is a theme taught throughout scripture (Psa. 17:3, 39:1, 141:3, Prov. 13:2-3, 16:23-24, Eph. 4:25, Col. 4:6, Titus 2:1, 15, James 1:19, 26, 2:12, 3:1-10, 4:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">27) The control of one’s speech is a sign of spiritual growth (Psa. 15:1-3, James 3:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">28) Specifically, to refrain from complaining demonstrates a measure of maturity. Additionally, the one who does so will encounter far less trouble and distress in life (Prov. 21:23).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">29) Complaining can have a negative impact on one’s physical health (1 Cor. 10:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">30) Believers are commanded not to complain against one another (<strong>James 5:9</strong> Do not complain, brethren, against one another, that you yourselves may not be judged; behold, the Judge is standing right at the door.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">31) It doesn’t contribute to the unity and cohesiveness of the LC.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">32) Besides complaining, “disputing” is to be avoided (1 Tim. 2:8)<strong>.</strong></p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">33) “Disputing” involves verbal altercations or arguments.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">34) This sin is also damaging to the spiritual well-being of a LC (cf. Heb.12:15).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">35) Paul placed a high priority on the unity and like-mindedness of the Philippians in view of the pressures they faced from the state.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">36) Unity in sound doctrine without complaining and arguing was a key to their resistance.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">37) In v. 15 Paul reveals the purpose of his command to refrain grumbling and disputing.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">38) Namely that they, as children of God, might be exemplary witnesses to their pagan contemporaries in Philippi.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">39) He desired them to be “blameless and innocent.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)      Our term “blameless” means to be free from fault or blame (amemptos).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     The word “innocent” when used of persons means to be uncontaminated by evil or innocent (akeraios).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     The former term primarily refers to the appraisal of one’s conduct by others (Luke 1:6 cf. 1 Thess. 2:10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     While “innocent” refers to one’s thinking and attitudes (Rom. 16:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">40) As “children of God” they were to be “above reproach in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation.” </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">41) They were in a familial relationship that superseded all others, and as children of God, they were expected to be “above reproach”.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">42) The word translated “above reproach” means to be without blemish or fault (amomos).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     The term is used in reference to Christ being the unblemished Lamb of God, Who lived a life without fault (i.e. without sin, Heb. 9:14, 1 Peter 1:19).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     However the term does not refer to being sinless, but living a life that doesn’t flagrantly violate Bible doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     This is also God’s directive will concerning us (Eph. 1:4, 5:27, Jude 1:24).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">43) The Philippians’ contemporaries are described as a “crooked and perverse generation.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">44) “Crooked” metaphorically refers to those who are unscrupulous and dishonest (skolios).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">45)“Perverse” indicates that their moral standards of their contemporaries had been perverted or corrupted.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">46) They eschewed Godly standards and embraced the evil, deviant standards of their society in which they lived (e.g. pagan worship, homosexuality).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">47) These qualities are typical of other generations including the current one in our nation (Deut. 32:5, Luke 9:41, Acts 2:40, Rev. 18:2ff.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">48) It was against this backdrop of moral darkness that the Philippian believers were to “appear as lights in the world.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">49) Their attitudes and behavior ought to be markedly different, and in opposition to the world around them.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">50) They let their light shine brightly by leading a Christian life that was blameless, innocent and above reproach.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">51) We too must let our light shine by living our lives in the world according to the biblical principles we learn (Matt. 5:16, 1 Peter 2:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">52) As we do, opportunities may be presented to give the Gospel and discuss sound doctrine (Col. 4:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">53) Conversely, the believer who behaves according to the standards of the cosmos may compromise his ability to effectively communicate the Gospel and sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">54) For those that observe you, the negative witness of the life over rides the witness of the lips.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">55) We are to avoid behavior that would bring reproach on God and His word (cf. 1 Tim. 3:7, Titus 2:8)</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">56) As believers we must each ask ourselves, “Do I stand out and shine as a light in the world or blend in with the darkness?</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">57) Obviously the goal is to shine and not blend into darkness. Blending into the world indicates that the believer has compromised sound doctrine to some degree.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">58) The Philippians were to further shine amidst their pagan contemporaries by “holding fast the word of life.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">59) To “hold fast” is to have a firm grasp on something.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">60) In our verse that something is the “word of life.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">61) “The word of life” refers to the Gospel and the body of sound doctrine that the Philippians had been taught by Paul and their “overseers.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">62) For believers today, the word of life is encompassed in the 66 books of the Bible.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">63) We, like the Philippians, must hold fast to sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">64) “Holding fast” means not letting any person, distraction, suffering, testing, temptation, sporting activity or opportunity separate you from sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">65) Do not let anything or anyone impede you from learning Bible doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">66) Sadly, many believers expend a huge amount of effort pursuing activities that consistently take them out of Bible class.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">67) The one who thinks or acts like worldly aspirations and activities are of greater importance than learning God’s word is deluded.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">68) Other believers may attend class but be blasé in regard to the Truth because of their fondness for worldly attractions.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">69) In order to obey God’s word a believer may at times have to forego attending or participating in certain events or even taking certain jobs.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">70) Do you really think this too big a sacrifice? Absolutely not!</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">71) Consider the example of obedience set by Christ we’ve just studied (<strong>Philippians 2:7-8</strong> “…but emptied Himself, taking the form of a bond-servant, <em>and </em>being made in the likeness of men. <sup>8</sup> And being found in appearance as a man, He humbled Himself by becoming obedient to the point of death, even death on a cross.”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">72) He suffered tremendously and unselfishly gave His life to obey the will of the Father.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">73) Consider Paul who considered the loss of all things as inconsequential compared to the value of knowing Christ and following God’s directive will (Phil. 3:7-8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">74) The believer who loses his grip on the “word of life” will fail to reach spiritual maturity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">75) Furthermore such a believer sets himself up for hardship and discipline (Prov. 15:10, 26:3).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">76) Without Bible doctrine in the soul and thinking accompanied by obedience, the believer is far more susceptible to falling prey to the schemes and doctrines of Satan (2 Cor. 2:11, Eph. 6:11-17).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">77) The phrase “word of life” places emphasis on the “living” qualities of the “word.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">78) As a “living” entity the word of God is dynamic and life changing; it is the source of great temporal and eternal blessing (1 Thess. 2:13, Heb 4:12, 1 Pet. 1:23). </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">79) The initial spread of the Gospel in the days of the early church bears witness to its dynamic nature (Acts 6:7, 12:24, 19:20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">80) In addition to the benefits the Philippians would gain by being lights in the world and holding fast the word of life, their obedience would provide Paul with immense satisfaction.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">81) The apostle states, “so that in the day of Christ I may have cause to glory because I did not run in vain nor toil in vain.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">82) The term translated “glory” refers to taking boasting in something or that which serves as the basis for boasting (“kauchema”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">83)  However Paul refers to a legitimate boast and not to that which originates in the OSN.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">84) Their obedience to God’s commands would be the basis for his boast “in the day of Christ.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">85)  The apostle is here looking ahead to a day referred to as “the day of Christ.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">86) This is the time that Christ will return for the Church (i.e. the Rapture, Phil. 1:6, 10).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">87) On that day each believer will come face to face with Christ and have their works judged (2 Cor. 5:10 cf. 1 Cor. 3:8ff, Rev. 22:12).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">88) Those works which are judged acceptable by God’s standards will be rewarded.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     This is also referred to as good works or Divine good production.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     That is, the application of resident Bible doctrine by the believer who is acting under the filling ministry of God the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     Good works must proceed from the correct internal considerations, and not be motivated by any area of OSN lust (Matt. 6:1-8, 16-18).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">d)     In this regard, believers may do wonderful things simply so other believers will be impressed with them and not because they are led by the Holy Spirit.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">e)     The pursuit of the details of life under the guise of Divine good production may meet with overt success, but it does not mean that God approves of or will reward such activity (1 Tim. 6:5).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">f)      Divine good may be produced mentally, verbally, and through overt application of sound doctrine.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">89) Those which are unacceptable will be deemed worthless, and will therefore be unrewarded.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">90) Looking back from the day of Christ, its Paul’s desire that he “did not run in vain nor toil in vain.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">91) He describes his apostolic ministry with two verbs, “run” and “toil.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">92) “Run” is to exert every effort to move forward or advance.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">93) Elsewhere he uses “running” as a metaphor for living the Christian life and to portray his effort and focus in living it properly (1 Cor. 9:24-26, Gal. 5:7).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">94) Running in the race known as the Christian life demands concentration, endurance, and self-discipline (Prov. 16:20, 1 Tim. 4:16, Heb. 10:36, 1 Peter 5:8).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">95) There are obstacles along the entire course, beginning with one’s OSN (Heb. 12:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">96) Paul had expended colossal amounts of physical and emotional energies on behalf of the Philippians.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">97) The second verb Paul uses in relation to his ministry is “toil.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">98) The term means to work hard or to toil at something.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">99) Paul’s work rate in the plan of God was exceptional (1 Cor. 4:12, 15:10, Col. 1:29).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">100) He was not a lazy believer who made a half-hearted attempt to live the Christian life.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">101) Further, he was diligent to work hard on his own spiritual progress as well as those under his charge.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">102)  Therefore, “in the day of Christ” he desires all his effort and hard work for the Philippians not to be in “vain.”</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">103) As a group he wanted them to endure and hold fast to the Truth until the end of their lives.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">104) If they faithfully endured, they would be source of pride and joy for Paul at the Bema (cf. 1 Thess. 2:19-20).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">105) If not, then in a sense all of his energy and hard work would be for nothing.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">106) Paul of course would receive reward for his work during his ministry regardless of those in his canon who endured or fell away (<strong>1 Corinthians 3:6-8</strong> I planted, Apollos watered, but God was causing the growth. <sup>7</sup> So then neither the one who plants nor the one who waters is anything, but God who causes the growth. <sup>8</sup> Now he who plants and he who waters are one; but each will receive his own reward according to his own labor.).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">107) However the goal of his hard labor among the Philippians was to provide the necessary spiritual impetus and incentive for them to persevere to the end (Phil. 4:1).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">108) If they fell away, his goal would not be achieved; therefore, all his efforts on their behalf would be in vain (cf. Gal. 2:2).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">109) For those that do fall away or take a lackadaisical approach to obeying God’s directive will, the day of Christ will bring about a measure of shame (1 John 2:28).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">110) Like the apostle we ought to put in the hard work and effort now and reap the benefits and reward in eternity.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">111) This focus on eternal rewards was certainly the focus of the great believers of history, as they made the appropriate applications in their niches (<strong>Hebrews 11:24-27</strong> By faith Moses, when he had grown up, refused to be called the son of Pharaoh&#8217;s daughter; <sup>25</sup> choosing rather to endure ill-treatment with the people of God, than to enjoy the passing pleasures of sin; <sup>26</sup> considering the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Egypt; for he was looking to the reward. <sup>27</sup> By faith he left Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king; for he endured, as seeing Him who is unseen).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">112) To these believers it was a guaranteed future reality and provided ample incentive to make the right applications.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">113) We ought to have the same focus and drive.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">114) Yet many believers do through their lives predominantly focused on the affairs of this life without giving due consideration to the life to come.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">115) Many are unwilling to expend the energy and hard work necessary to endure the struggles in this world. Some are just lazy while others have just grown weary.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">116) Time is short so we need to shake off any laziness or weariness and make a strong finish in our race (Gal. 6:9). </p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">117) Continued diligence and hard work is a necessary in the CWL.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">118) To be diligent is to eagerly undertake an activity or fulfill one’s obligations.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">119) The term also bears the nuance of doing one’s best.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">120) It is a quality in which we should not lag behind (cf. Rom. 12:11).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">a)     In context, “lagging behind” involves hesitation and reluctance to possess the proper diligence in meeting spiritual requirements (“okneros”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">b)     The term translated “diligence” means an earnest commitment to fulfilling one’s duties (“spoude”).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 60px;">c)     Eagerness and willingness begins in the mental attitude.</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">121) As believers we ought to be eager to fulfill our God-given obligations (e.g. grow in grace and knowledge, consistent prayer life, separation).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">122) This eagerness is critical to persevering in the world until the conclusion of our ph. 2 (Heb. 6:11, 2 Peter 1:5 cf. Prov. 4:23, 12:27).</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;">123) One’s diligent applications may motivate a fellow believer to make applications of their own (cf. 2 Cor. 9:2).</p>
<p><strong>Philippians 2:17-18</strong> But even if I am being poured out as a drink offering upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I rejoice and share my joy with you all. <sup>18</sup> And you too, <em>I urge you</em>, continue rejoicing in the same way and continue sharing your joy with me.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 17-18:</p>
<p>1)     After referring to the day of Christ, Paul now returns the discussion to his current circumstances.</p>
<p>2)     However he maintains the theme of suffering and hardship which is a prominent part of his niche.</p>
<p>3)     He portrays himself as a drink offering that is being poured out on a sacrifice.</p>
<p>4)     The imagery corresponded to both pagan and Jewish sacrifices, but of course Paul’s words don’t possess any pagan connotations (2 Kings 16:13, Jer. 7:18, 44:17, Hosea 9:4).</p>
<p>5)     The Jewish sacrifices were rendered obsolete by Christ’s sacrifice (Heb. 9:11-14, 24-26 cf. Eph. 5:2).</p>
<p>6)     Nevertheless Paul and others speak metaphorically of the need for believers to “offer up” to God acceptable spiritual sacrifices (Rom. 12:1, 15:16, Heb 13:15, 1 Pet. 2:5).</p>
<p>7)     Some interpret Paul’s statement of “being poured out” as an indication of possible martyrdom (cf. 2 Tim. 4:6).</p>
<p>8)     However there is nothing to suggest this in our passage.</p>
<p>9)     In fact he is confident that his release is imminent (cf. Phil. 1:25, 2:24).</p>
<p>10)  Rather, in his words, “I’m being poured out,” Paul is describing what is currently happening to him not what will happen in the future.</p>
<p>11) In our verse, “being poured out” like “run and “toil” in the previous verse describe the rigors of fulfilling his current apostolic ministry.</p>
<p>12)The sacrifice in view is the “sacrifice and service” of the Philippians’ faith.</p>
<p>13) In the Greek text, the words “sacrifice and service” are governed by a single definite article (i.e. “the”).</p>
<p>14) What this means is Paul is expressing a single concept. That is, the Philippians rendered “sacrificial service.”</p>
<p>15) An additional nuance not apparent in the English is the function of “your faith.”</p>
<p>16) The Philippians’ “faith” is the motivating force behind their sacrifice and service (or “sacrificial service”).</p>
<p>17) This at least would include their monetary support of Paul’s ministry (Phil. 4:18).</p>
<p>18) In this vivid metaphor Paul is the libation that is being poured out in conjunction with their sacrificial service (cf. Num. 15:5, 28:7, 1 Chron. 29:21).</p>
<p>19) When viewed as a whole, Paul’s suffering along with the Philippians’ sacrificial service comprises a complete, acceptable sacrifice to God.</p>
<p>20) Rather than be maladjusted to his suffering, Paul derived great joy from this fact and desired them to rejoice in the same way.</p>
<p>21) The verbs “rejoice” and “share your joy” are commands.</p>
<p>22) The force of both commands is to “continue rejoicing” and “continue sharing your joy.”</p>
<p>23) Paul expects them to view their own sacrifice and suffering as he does without spiritual maladjustment.</p>
<p>24) Specifically, he expects them to rejoice in rendering sacrifice and service to God.</p>
<p>25) He stresses the reality of suffering in the Christian life, but also the proper mental attitude towards it.</p>
<p>26) The proper mental attitude towards suffering and sacrifices necessary in this life does not include complaining, compromising the truth, fear, worry, surprise, etc (Rom. 8:15-17, Gal. 2:11-13, 1 Peter 3:13-14, 4:12).</p>
<p>27)We must jettison any human viewpoint approach to suffering and rely on the inner resources of sound doctrine (cf. Psa. 119:143, Eph. 3:16-19).</p>
<p>28) Under the OSN joy in hard times is impossible, but with God and filling of the Holy Spirit it is attainable (Gal. 5:22).</p>
<p>29) To have joy in adversity is more than attainable, it is obligatory in the CWL (Phil. 3:1, 4:4, James 1:2).</p>
<p>30) It is available to every believer regardless of the level of testing, suffering, or pressures one might be experiencing (2 Cor. 7:4, 8:2, 1 Thess. 1:6, Heb. 10:34). </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 2:19-24</strong> But I hope in the Lord Jesus to send Timothy to you shortly, so that I also may be encouraged when I learn of your condition. <sup>20</sup> For I have no one <em>else </em>like-minded who will genuinely be concerned for your welfare. <sup>21</sup> For they all seek after their own interests, not those of Christ Jesus. <sup>22</sup> But you know of his proven worth that he served with me in the furtherance of the gospel like a child <em>serving </em>his father. <sup>23</sup> Therefore I hope to send him immediately, as soon as I see how things <em>go </em>with me; <sup>24</sup> and I trust in the Lord that I myself also shall be coming shortly</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 19-24:</p>
<p>1)     Paul opens v.19 by informing the Philippians that he planned on sending Timothy to Philippi.</p>
<p>2)     Timothy was frequently accompanied Paul on his missionary journeys and when necessary, as here, he was dispatched to meet various needs in the apostle’s canon (Acts 20:4, Rom. 16:21, 1 Cor. 4:17, 2 Cor. 1:1, Phil. 1:1, 1 Thess. 1:1, 3:2, 2 Thess. 1:1).</p>
<p>3)     He was the son of a Jewish mother and a Greek father from Lystra in Asia Minor (Acts 16:1).</p>
<p>4)     Note Paul’s plans to send Timothy were “in the Lord Jesus.”</p>
<p>5)     The fulfillment of his plans, aspirations, and expectations were contingent upon the Lord’s will (cf. 1 Cor. 16:7, Phil. 1:24, Philemon 1:22).</p>
<p>6)     In a like manner our plans, aspirations, and expectations ought to be subject to God’s will (cf. James 4:13-15).</p>
<p>7)     The apostle’s purpose in sending Timothy is two-fold.</p>
<p>8)     First that the he himself might be “encouraged” by their corporate spiritual condition.</p>
<p>9)     The term translated “encouraged” is to be cheered up; it bears the sense of being released from anxiety (“eupsucheo”).</p>
<p>10)The second reason, implicit in the context, is that the Philippians might also be cheered up by good news about Paul.</p>
<p>11) Regarding Timothy Paul states, “For I have no one <em>else </em>of kindred spirit who will genuinely be concerned for your welfare…”</p>
<p>12) The rare Greek word translated “kindred spirit” means like soul or being like-minded (“isopsuchos”).</p>
<p>13) By using this word Paul emphasizes that he and Timothy shared the same spiritual outlook and commitment to the ministry.</p>
<p>14)This included a genuine concern over the spiritual welfare of the believers in Philippi.</p>
<p>15) Paul had no one else at his disposal to send at this point.</p>
<p>16)Nevertheless the Philippians could be confident that when Timothy arrived he would be just as concerned about their welfare as if Paul himself was there.</p>
<p>17) Those at Paul’s disposal were wrapped up in seeking their own desires and not the cause of Christ.</p>
<p>18) Timothy was the exception to these selfish believers.</p>
<p>19) He was no stranger to by the Philippians and they knew of his “proven worth” (“dokime”).</p>
<p>20) “Proven worth” refers to that which undergoes testing and has proven its value.</p>
<p>21)In Timothy’s case, he withstood his share of testing and had proven himself to have a dependable character to Paul and others.</p>
<p>22) Testing ought to be faced with the proper mental attitude and improve our character (Rom. 5:4).</p>
<p>23)Together they had labored in the spread of the Gospel and he had diligently assisted Paul “like a child serving his father” (1 Tim. 1:2, 1:18, 2 Tim. 1:2).</p>
<p>24) Paul reassures the Philippians that he will send Timothy as soon as he is able.</p>
<p>25) He also confidently re-affirms that he will be released and come to them in the near future. </p>
<p><strong>Philippians 2:25-30</strong> But I thought it necessary to send to you Epaphroditus, my brother and fellow worker and fellow soldier, who is also your messenger and minister to my need; <sup>26</sup> because he was longing for you all and was distressed because you had heard that he was sick. <sup>27</sup> For indeed he was sick to the point of death, but God had mercy on him, and not on him only but also on me, lest I should have sorrow upon sorrow. <sup>28</sup> Therefore I have sent him all the more eagerly in order that when you see him again you may rejoice and I may be less concerned <em>about you</em>. <sup>29</sup> Therefore receive him in the Lord with all joy, and hold men like him in high regard; <sup>30</sup> because he came close to death for the work of Christ, risking his life to complete what was deficient in your service to me.</p>
<p>Analysis of vv. 25-30: </p>
<p>1)     Prior to Timothy being dispatched from Rome, the apostle thought it necessary to send Epaphroditus who is the bearer of the letter.</p>
<p>2)     The name Epaphroditus means “favored by Aphrodite.”</p>
<p>3)     He served as a representative of the believers in Philippi.</p>
<p>4)     Paul describes him in several ways.</p>
<p>5)     “My brother”: He was fellow believer and therefore a brother in Christ.</p>
<p>6)     “Fellow worker”: He was a fellow laborer in spreading the Gospel.</p>
<p>7)     “Fellow soldier”: He faced the same dangers and struggles in the AC.</p>
<p>8)     “Your messenger”: He was the official envoy to convey the Philippians’ gift to Paul (Phil. 4:18).</p>
<p>9)     “Minister”: He rendered service or assisted Paul with his immediate needs.</p>
<p>10)Paul’s motivation for sending Epaphroditus was due to the latter’s longing for the company of his royal family Philippi.</p>
<p>11) Also, he had been extremely ill and had nearly died.</p>
<p>12) Sending him back to Philippi would alleviate the concerns of all involved.</p>
<p>13) The nature or duration of his illness isn’t disclosed just that it was nearly fatal.</p>
<p>14) However Paul indicates that God had mercy on Epaphroditus which indicates that God brought about his recovery.</p>
<p>15)There is no indication that Paul exercised the gift of healing in this case.</p>
<p>16) Paul was also thankful because it would have caused him sorrow to lose this “brother.”</p>
<p>17) The apostle instructs the Philippians to welcome Epaphroditus back with joy.</p>
<p>18) Epaphroditus had served the cause of Christ and fulfilled his mission with distinction nearly dying in the process.</p>
<p>19) He risked his life to bring Paul monetary support and meet his needs (“complete what was deficient”).</p>
<p>20)Therefore they were to respect him and hold him in high regard.</p>
<p>End: Chapter 2</p>
<p style="padding-left: 30px;"> </p>
]]></content:encoded>
			<wfw:commentRss>http://www.aliveandpowerful.com/teaching/new-testament/philippians-2/feed</wfw:commentRss>
		<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
